blob: 414c7a01a3cafed29a8c221203a6764bdef4d861 [file] [log] [blame]
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01//EN"
2 "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/strict.dtd">
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003<html>
4<head>
5 <title>LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual</title>
Reid Spencercb84e432004-08-26 20:44:00 +00006 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
7 <meta name="author" content="Chris Lattner">
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00008 <meta name="description"
Reid Spencercb84e432004-08-26 20:44:00 +00009 content="LLVM Assembly Language Reference Manual.">
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +000010 <link rel="stylesheet" href="llvm.css" type="text/css">
11</head>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +000012
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +000013<body>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +000014
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000015<div class="doc_title"> LLVM Language Reference Manual </div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +000016<ol>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +000017 <li><a href="#abstract">Abstract</a></li>
18 <li><a href="#introduction">Introduction</a></li>
19 <li><a href="#identifiers">Identifiers</a></li>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +000020 <li><a href="#highlevel">High Level Structure</a>
21 <ol>
22 <li><a href="#modulestructure">Module Structure</a></li>
Bill Wendlinga3c6f6b2009-07-20 01:03:30 +000023 <li><a href="#linkage">Linkage Types</a>
24 <ol>
Bill Wendling8693ef82009-07-20 02:41:50 +000025 <li><a href="#linkage_private">'<tt>private</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
26 <li><a href="#linkage_linker_private">'<tt>linker_private</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
27 <li><a href="#linkage_internal">'<tt>internal</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
28 <li><a href="#linkage_available_externally">'<tt>available_externally</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
29 <li><a href="#linkage_linkonce">'<tt>linkonce</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
30 <li><a href="#linkage_common">'<tt>common</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
31 <li><a href="#linkage_weak">'<tt>weak</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
32 <li><a href="#linkage_appending">'<tt>appending</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
33 <li><a href="#linkage_externweak">'<tt>extern_weak</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Chris Lattner80d73c72009-10-10 18:26:06 +000034 <li><a href="#linkage_linkonce_odr">'<tt>linkonce_odr</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Bill Wendling8693ef82009-07-20 02:41:50 +000035 <li><a href="#linkage_weak">'<tt>weak_odr</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
36 <li><a href="#linkage_external">'<tt>externally visible</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
37 <li><a href="#linkage_dllimport">'<tt>dllimport</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
38 <li><a href="#linkage_dllexport">'<tt>dllexport</tt>' Linkage</a></li>
Bill Wendlinga3c6f6b2009-07-20 01:03:30 +000039 </ol>
40 </li>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +000041 <li><a href="#callingconv">Calling Conventions</a></li>
Chris Lattnerbc088212009-01-11 20:53:49 +000042 <li><a href="#namedtypes">Named Types</a></li>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +000043 <li><a href="#globalvars">Global Variables</a></li>
Chris Lattner91c15c42006-01-23 23:23:47 +000044 <li><a href="#functionstructure">Functions</a></li>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000045 <li><a href="#aliasstructure">Aliases</a></li>
Devang Pateld1a89692010-01-11 19:35:55 +000046 <li><a href="#namedmetadatastructure">Named Metadata</a></li>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +000047 <li><a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a></li>
Devang Patel9eb525d2008-09-26 23:51:19 +000048 <li><a href="#fnattrs">Function Attributes</a></li>
Gordon Henriksen71183b62007-12-10 03:18:06 +000049 <li><a href="#gc">Garbage Collector Names</a></li>
Chris Lattner91c15c42006-01-23 23:23:47 +000050 <li><a href="#moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a></li>
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +000051 <li><a href="#datalayout">Data Layout</a></li>
Dan Gohman6154a012009-07-27 18:07:55 +000052 <li><a href="#pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a></li>
Jeffrey Yasskin5d284ae2010-04-26 21:21:24 +000053 <li><a href="#volatile">Volatile Memory Accesses</a></li>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +000054 </ol>
55 </li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +000056 <li><a href="#typesystem">Type System</a>
57 <ol>
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +000058 <li><a href="#t_classifications">Type Classifications</a></li>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +000059 <li><a href="#t_primitive">Primitive Types</a>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000060 <ol>
Nick Lewycky84a1eeb2009-09-27 00:45:11 +000061 <li><a href="#t_integer">Integer Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +000062 <li><a href="#t_floating">Floating Point Types</a></li>
63 <li><a href="#t_void">Void Type</a></li>
64 <li><a href="#t_label">Label Type</a></li>
Nick Lewyckyadbc2842009-05-30 05:06:04 +000065 <li><a href="#t_metadata">Metadata Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000066 </ol>
67 </li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +000068 <li><a href="#t_derived">Derived Types</a>
69 <ol>
Chris Lattner392be582010-02-12 20:49:41 +000070 <li><a href="#t_aggregate">Aggregate Types</a>
71 <ol>
72 <li><a href="#t_array">Array Type</a></li>
73 <li><a href="#t_struct">Structure Type</a></li>
74 <li><a href="#t_pstruct">Packed Structure Type</a></li>
75 <li><a href="#t_union">Union Type</a></li>
76 <li><a href="#t_vector">Vector Type</a></li>
77 </ol>
78 </li>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +000079 <li><a href="#t_function">Function Type</a></li>
80 <li><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +000081 <li><a href="#t_opaque">Opaque Type</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000082 </ol>
83 </li>
Chris Lattnercf7a5842009-02-02 07:32:36 +000084 <li><a href="#t_uprefs">Type Up-references</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000085 </ol>
86 </li>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +000087 <li><a href="#constants">Constants</a>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +000088 <ol>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000089 <li><a href="#simpleconstants">Simple Constants</a></li>
Chris Lattner361bfcd2009-02-28 18:32:25 +000090 <li><a href="#complexconstants">Complex Constants</a></li>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000091 <li><a href="#globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a></li>
92 <li><a href="#undefvalues">Undefined Values</a></li>
Dan Gohmanffc9a6b2010-04-22 23:14:21 +000093 <li><a href="#trapvalues">Trap Values</a></li>
Chris Lattner2bfd3202009-10-27 21:19:13 +000094 <li><a href="#blockaddress">Addresses of Basic Blocks</a></li>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +000095 <li><a href="#constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a></li>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +000096 </ol>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +000097 </li>
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +000098 <li><a href="#othervalues">Other Values</a>
99 <ol>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +0000100 <li><a href="#inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a></li>
Devang Pateld1a89692010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000101 <li><a href="#metadata">Metadata Nodes and Metadata Strings</a></li>
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +0000102 </ol>
103 </li>
Chris Lattnerae76db52009-07-20 05:55:19 +0000104 <li><a href="#intrinsic_globals">Intrinsic Global Variables</a>
105 <ol>
106 <li><a href="#intg_used">The '<tt>llvm.used</tt>' Global Variable</a></li>
Chris Lattner58f9bb22009-07-20 06:14:25 +0000107 <li><a href="#intg_compiler_used">The '<tt>llvm.compiler.used</tt>'
108 Global Variable</a></li>
Chris Lattnerae76db52009-07-20 05:55:19 +0000109 <li><a href="#intg_global_ctors">The '<tt>llvm.global_ctors</tt>'
110 Global Variable</a></li>
111 <li><a href="#intg_global_dtors">The '<tt>llvm.global_dtors</tt>'
112 Global Variable</a></li>
113 </ol>
114 </li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000115 <li><a href="#instref">Instruction Reference</a>
116 <ol>
117 <li><a href="#terminators">Terminator Instructions</a>
118 <ol>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000119 <li><a href="#i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
120 <li><a href="#i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000121 <li><a href="#i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnerd04cb6d2009-10-28 00:19:10 +0000122 <li><a href="#i_indirectbr">'<tt>indirectbr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000123 <li><a href="#i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000124 <li><a href="#i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +0000125 <li><a href="#i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000126 </ol>
127 </li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000128 <li><a href="#binaryops">Binary Operations</a>
129 <ol>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000130 <li><a href="#i_add">'<tt>add</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000131 <li><a href="#i_fadd">'<tt>fadd</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000132 <li><a href="#i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000133 <li><a href="#i_fsub">'<tt>fsub</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000134 <li><a href="#i_mul">'<tt>mul</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +0000135 <li><a href="#i_fmul">'<tt>fmul</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +0000136 <li><a href="#i_udiv">'<tt>udiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
137 <li><a href="#i_sdiv">'<tt>sdiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
138 <li><a href="#i_fdiv">'<tt>fdiv</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +0000139 <li><a href="#i_urem">'<tt>urem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
140 <li><a href="#i_srem">'<tt>srem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
141 <li><a href="#i_frem">'<tt>frem</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000142 </ol>
143 </li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000144 <li><a href="#bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary Operations</a>
145 <ol>
Reid Spencer2ab01932007-02-02 13:57:07 +0000146 <li><a href="#i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
147 <li><a href="#i_lshr">'<tt>lshr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
148 <li><a href="#i_ashr">'<tt>ashr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000149 <li><a href="#i_and">'<tt>and</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000150 <li><a href="#i_or">'<tt>or</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000151 <li><a href="#i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000152 </ol>
153 </li>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000154 <li><a href="#vectorops">Vector Operations</a>
155 <ol>
156 <li><a href="#i_extractelement">'<tt>extractelement</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
157 <li><a href="#i_insertelement">'<tt>insertelement</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
158 <li><a href="#i_shufflevector">'<tt>shufflevector</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +0000159 </ol>
160 </li>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +0000161 <li><a href="#aggregateops">Aggregate Operations</a>
162 <ol>
163 <li><a href="#i_extractvalue">'<tt>extractvalue</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
164 <li><a href="#i_insertvalue">'<tt>insertvalue</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
165 </ol>
166 </li>
Chris Lattner6ab66722006-08-15 00:45:58 +0000167 <li><a href="#memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000168 <ol>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000169 <li><a href="#i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Robert Bocchino820bc75b2006-02-17 21:18:08 +0000170 <li><a href="#i_load">'<tt>load</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
171 <li><a href="#i_store">'<tt>store</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
172 <li><a href="#i_getelementptr">'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000173 </ol>
174 </li>
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +0000175 <li><a href="#convertops">Conversion Operations</a>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000176 <ol>
177 <li><a href="#i_trunc">'<tt>trunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
178 <li><a href="#i_zext">'<tt>zext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
179 <li><a href="#i_sext">'<tt>sext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
180 <li><a href="#i_fptrunc">'<tt>fptrunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
181 <li><a href="#i_fpext">'<tt>fpext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +0000182 <li><a href="#i_fptoui">'<tt>fptoui .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
183 <li><a href="#i_fptosi">'<tt>fptosi .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
184 <li><a href="#i_uitofp">'<tt>uitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
185 <li><a href="#i_sitofp">'<tt>sitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +0000186 <li><a href="#i_ptrtoint">'<tt>ptrtoint .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
187 <li><a href="#i_inttoptr">'<tt>inttoptr .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +0000188 <li><a href="#i_bitcast">'<tt>bitcast .. to</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +0000189 </ol>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +0000190 </li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000191 <li><a href="#otherops">Other Operations</a>
192 <ol>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +0000193 <li><a href="#i_icmp">'<tt>icmp</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
194 <li><a href="#i_fcmp">'<tt>fcmp</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000195 <li><a href="#i_phi">'<tt>phi</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +0000196 <li><a href="#i_select">'<tt>select</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000197 <li><a href="#i_call">'<tt>call</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner33337472006-01-13 23:26:01 +0000198 <li><a href="#i_va_arg">'<tt>va_arg</tt>' Instruction</a></li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000199 </ol>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000200 </li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000201 </ol>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000202 </li>
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000203 <li><a href="#intrinsics">Intrinsic Functions</a>
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +0000204 <ol>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000205 <li><a href="#int_varargs">Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics</a>
206 <ol>
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000207 <li><a href="#int_va_start">'<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
208 <li><a href="#int_va_end">'<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
209 <li><a href="#int_va_copy">'<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000210 </ol>
211 </li>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000212 <li><a href="#int_gc">Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics</a>
213 <ol>
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000214 <li><a href="#int_gcroot">'<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
215 <li><a href="#int_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
216 <li><a href="#int_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000217 </ol>
218 </li>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +0000219 <li><a href="#int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a>
220 <ol>
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000221 <li><a href="#int_returnaddress">'<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
222 <li><a href="#int_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
223 <li><a href="#int_stacksave">'<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
224 <li><a href="#int_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
225 <li><a href="#int_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
226 <li><a href="#int_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
227 <li><a href="#int_readcyclecounter"><tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
John Criswellaa1c3c12004-04-09 16:43:20 +0000228 </ol>
229 </li>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000230 <li><a href="#int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a>
231 <ol>
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000232 <li><a href="#int_memcpy">'<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
233 <li><a href="#int_memmove">'<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
234 <li><a href="#int_memset">'<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
235 <li><a href="#int_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
236 <li><a href="#int_powi">'<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +0000237 <li><a href="#int_sin">'<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
238 <li><a href="#int_cos">'<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
239 <li><a href="#int_pow">'<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +0000240 </ol>
241 </li>
Nate Begeman0f223bb2006-01-13 23:26:38 +0000242 <li><a href="#int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000243 <ol>
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +0000244 <li><a href="#int_bswap">'<tt>llvm.bswap.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a></li>
Chris Lattnerb748c672006-01-16 22:34:14 +0000245 <li><a href="#int_ctpop">'<tt>llvm.ctpop.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
246 <li><a href="#int_ctlz">'<tt>llvm.ctlz.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
247 <li><a href="#int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic </a></li>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +0000248 </ol>
249 </li>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +0000250 <li><a href="#int_overflow">Arithmetic with Overflow Intrinsics</a>
251 <ol>
Bill Wendlingfd2bd722009-02-08 04:04:40 +0000252 <li><a href="#int_sadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
253 <li><a href="#int_uadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
254 <li><a href="#int_ssub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
255 <li><a href="#int_usub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
256 <li><a href="#int_smul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
Bill Wendlingb9a73272009-02-08 23:00:09 +0000257 <li><a href="#int_umul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow.*</tt> Intrinsics</a></li>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +0000258 </ol>
259 </li>
Anton Korobeynikovcd4dd9c2010-03-14 18:42:47 +0000260 <li><a href="#int_fp16">Half Precision Floating Point Intrinsics</a>
261 <ol>
Chris Lattnerbbd8bd32010-03-14 23:03:31 +0000262 <li><a href="#int_convert_to_fp16">'<tt>llvm.convert.to.fp16</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
263 <li><a href="#int_convert_from_fp16">'<tt>llvm.convert.from.fp16</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Anton Korobeynikovcd4dd9c2010-03-14 18:42:47 +0000264 </ol>
265 </li>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000266 <li><a href="#int_debugger">Debugger intrinsics</a></li>
Jim Laskey2211f492007-03-14 19:31:19 +0000267 <li><a href="#int_eh">Exception Handling intrinsics</a></li>
Duncan Sands86e01192007-09-11 14:10:23 +0000268 <li><a href="#int_trampoline">Trampoline Intrinsic</a>
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +0000269 <ol>
270 <li><a href="#int_it">'<tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +0000271 </ol>
272 </li>
Bill Wendlingf85850f2008-11-18 22:10:53 +0000273 <li><a href="#int_atomics">Atomic intrinsics</a>
274 <ol>
275 <li><a href="#int_memory_barrier"><tt>llvm.memory_barrier</tt></a></li>
276 <li><a href="#int_atomic_cmp_swap"><tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt></a></li>
277 <li><a href="#int_atomic_swap"><tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt></a></li>
278 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_add"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.add</tt></a></li>
279 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_sub"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub</tt></a></li>
280 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_and"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.and</tt></a></li>
281 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_nand"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.nand</tt></a></li>
282 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_or"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.or</tt></a></li>
283 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_xor"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.xor</tt></a></li>
284 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_max"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.max</tt></a></li>
285 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_min"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.min</tt></a></li>
286 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_umax"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.umax</tt></a></li>
287 <li><a href="#int_atomic_load_umin"><tt>llvm.atomic.load.umin</tt></a></li>
288 </ol>
289 </li>
Nick Lewycky6f7d8342009-10-13 07:03:23 +0000290 <li><a href="#int_memorymarkers">Memory Use Markers</a>
291 <ol>
292 <li><a href="#int_lifetime_start"><tt>llvm.lifetime.start</tt></a></li>
293 <li><a href="#int_lifetime_end"><tt>llvm.lifetime.end</tt></a></li>
294 <li><a href="#int_invariant_start"><tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt></a></li>
295 <li><a href="#int_invariant_end"><tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt></a></li>
296 </ol>
297 </li>
Reid Spencer5b2cb0f2007-07-20 19:59:11 +0000298 <li><a href="#int_general">General intrinsics</a>
Tanya Lattnercb1b9602007-06-15 20:50:54 +0000299 <ol>
Reid Spencer5b2cb0f2007-07-20 19:59:11 +0000300 <li><a href="#int_var_annotation">
Bill Wendling14313312008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000301 '<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Tanya Lattner293c0372007-09-21 22:59:12 +0000302 <li><a href="#int_annotation">
Bill Wendling14313312008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000303 '<tt>llvm.annotation.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Anton Korobeynikov06cbb652008-01-15 22:31:34 +0000304 <li><a href="#int_trap">
Bill Wendling14313312008-11-19 05:56:17 +0000305 '<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
306 <li><a href="#int_stackprotector">
307 '<tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Eric Christopher73484322009-11-30 08:03:53 +0000308 <li><a href="#int_objectsize">
309 '<tt>llvm.objectsize</tt>' Intrinsic</a></li>
Tanya Lattner293c0372007-09-21 22:59:12 +0000310 </ol>
Tanya Lattnercb1b9602007-06-15 20:50:54 +0000311 </li>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000312 </ol>
313 </li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000314</ol>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000315
316<div class="doc_author">
317 <p>Written by <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a>
318 and <a href="mailto:vadve@cs.uiuc.edu">Vikram Adve</a></p>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000319</div>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000320
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000321<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000322<div class="doc_section"> <a name="abstract">Abstract </a></div>
323<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000324
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000325<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000326
327<p>This document is a reference manual for the LLVM assembly language. LLVM is
328 a Static Single Assignment (SSA) based representation that provides type
329 safety, low-level operations, flexibility, and the capability of representing
330 'all' high-level languages cleanly. It is the common code representation
331 used throughout all phases of the LLVM compilation strategy.</p>
332
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000333</div>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000334
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000335<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000336<div class="doc_section"> <a name="introduction">Introduction</a> </div>
337<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000338
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000339<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000340
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000341<p>The LLVM code representation is designed to be used in three different forms:
342 as an in-memory compiler IR, as an on-disk bitcode representation (suitable
343 for fast loading by a Just-In-Time compiler), and as a human readable
344 assembly language representation. This allows LLVM to provide a powerful
345 intermediate representation for efficient compiler transformations and
346 analysis, while providing a natural means to debug and visualize the
347 transformations. The three different forms of LLVM are all equivalent. This
348 document describes the human readable representation and notation.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000349
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000350<p>The LLVM representation aims to be light-weight and low-level while being
351 expressive, typed, and extensible at the same time. It aims to be a
352 "universal IR" of sorts, by being at a low enough level that high-level ideas
353 may be cleanly mapped to it (similar to how microprocessors are "universal
354 IR's", allowing many source languages to be mapped to them). By providing
355 type information, LLVM can be used as the target of optimizations: for
356 example, through pointer analysis, it can be proven that a C automatic
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000357 variable is never accessed outside of the current function, allowing it to
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000358 be promoted to a simple SSA value instead of a memory location.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000359
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000360</div>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000361
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000362<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000363<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="wellformed">Well-Formedness</a> </div>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000364
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000365<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000366
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000367<p>It is important to note that this document describes 'well formed' LLVM
368 assembly language. There is a difference between what the parser accepts and
369 what is considered 'well formed'. For example, the following instruction is
370 syntactically okay, but not well formed:</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000371
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000372<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000373<pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000374%x = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 1, %x
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000375</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000376</div>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000377
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000378<p>because the definition of <tt>%x</tt> does not dominate all of its uses. The
379 LLVM infrastructure provides a verification pass that may be used to verify
380 that an LLVM module is well formed. This pass is automatically run by the
381 parser after parsing input assembly and by the optimizer before it outputs
382 bitcode. The violations pointed out by the verifier pass indicate bugs in
383 transformation passes or input to the parser.</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000384
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000385</div>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000386
Chris Lattner87a3dbe2007-10-03 17:34:29 +0000387<!-- Describe the typesetting conventions here. -->
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000388
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000389<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000390<div class="doc_section"> <a name="identifiers">Identifiers</a> </div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000391<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000392
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000393<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000394
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000395<p>LLVM identifiers come in two basic types: global and local. Global
396 identifiers (functions, global variables) begin with the <tt>'@'</tt>
397 character. Local identifiers (register names, types) begin with
398 the <tt>'%'</tt> character. Additionally, there are three different formats
399 for identifiers, for different purposes:</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +0000400
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000401<ol>
Reid Spencerb23b65f2007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000402 <li>Named values are represented as a string of characters with their prefix.
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000403 For example, <tt>%foo</tt>, <tt>@DivisionByZero</tt>,
404 <tt>%a.really.long.identifier</tt>. The actual regular expression used is
405 '<tt>[%@][a-zA-Z$._][a-zA-Z$._0-9]*</tt>'. Identifiers which require
406 other characters in their names can be surrounded with quotes. Special
407 characters may be escaped using <tt>"\xx"</tt> where <tt>xx</tt> is the
408 ASCII code for the character in hexadecimal. In this way, any character
409 can be used in a name value, even quotes themselves.</li>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000410
Reid Spencerb23b65f2007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000411 <li>Unnamed values are represented as an unsigned numeric value with their
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000412 prefix. For example, <tt>%12</tt>, <tt>@2</tt>, <tt>%44</tt>.</li>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000413
Reid Spencer8f08d802004-12-09 18:02:53 +0000414 <li>Constants, which are described in a <a href="#constants">section about
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000415 constants</a>, below.</li>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000416</ol>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000417
Reid Spencerb23b65f2007-08-07 14:34:28 +0000418<p>LLVM requires that values start with a prefix for two reasons: Compilers
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000419 don't need to worry about name clashes with reserved words, and the set of
420 reserved words may be expanded in the future without penalty. Additionally,
421 unnamed identifiers allow a compiler to quickly come up with a temporary
422 variable without having to avoid symbol table conflicts.</p>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000423
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +0000424<p>Reserved words in LLVM are very similar to reserved words in other
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000425 languages. There are keywords for different opcodes
426 ('<tt><a href="#i_add">add</a></tt>',
427 '<tt><a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast</a></tt>',
428 '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>', etc...), for primitive type names
429 ('<tt><a href="#t_void">void</a></tt>',
430 '<tt><a href="#t_primitive">i32</a></tt>', etc...), and others. These
431 reserved words cannot conflict with variable names, because none of them
432 start with a prefix character (<tt>'%'</tt> or <tt>'@'</tt>).</p>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000433
434<p>Here is an example of LLVM code to multiply the integer variable
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000435 '<tt>%X</tt>' by 8:</p>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000436
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000437<p>The easy way:</p>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000438
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000439<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000440<pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000441%result = <a href="#i_mul">mul</a> i32 %X, 8
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000442</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000443</div>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000444
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000445<p>After strength reduction:</p>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000446
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000447<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000448<pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000449%result = <a href="#i_shl">shl</a> i32 %X, i8 3
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000450</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000451</div>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000452
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000453<p>And the hard way:</p>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000454
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000455<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000456<pre>
Gabor Greifbd0328f2009-10-28 13:05:07 +0000457%0 = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %X, %X <i>; yields {i32}:%0</i>
458%1 = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %0, %0 <i>; yields {i32}:%1</i>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000459%result = <a href="#i_add">add</a> i32 %1, %1
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000460</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000461</div>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000462
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000463<p>This last way of multiplying <tt>%X</tt> by 8 illustrates several important
464 lexical features of LLVM:</p>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000465
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +0000466<ol>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000467 <li>Comments are delimited with a '<tt>;</tt>' and go until the end of
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000468 line.</li>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000469
470 <li>Unnamed temporaries are created when the result of a computation is not
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000471 assigned to a named value.</li>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000472
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000473 <li>Unnamed temporaries are numbered sequentially</li>
474</ol>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000475
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000476<p>It also shows a convention that we follow in this document. When
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000477 demonstrating instructions, we will follow an instruction with a comment that
478 defines the type and name of value produced. Comments are shown in italic
479 text.</p>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000480
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +0000481</div>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000482
483<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
484<div class="doc_section"> <a name="highlevel">High Level Structure</a> </div>
485<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
486
487<!-- ======================================================================= -->
488<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="modulestructure">Module Structure</a>
489</div>
490
491<div class="doc_text">
492
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000493<p>LLVM programs are composed of "Module"s, each of which is a translation unit
494 of the input programs. Each module consists of functions, global variables,
495 and symbol table entries. Modules may be combined together with the LLVM
496 linker, which merges function (and global variable) definitions, resolves
497 forward declarations, and merges symbol table entries. Here is an example of
498 the "hello world" module:</p>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000499
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000500<div class="doc_code">
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000501<pre>
502<i>; Declare the string constant as a global constant.</i>
503<a href="#identifiers">@.LC0</a> = <a href="#linkage_internal">internal</a> <a href="#globalvars">constant</a> <a href="#t_array">[13 x i8]</a> c"hello world\0A\00" <i>; [13 x i8]*</i>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000504
505<i>; External declaration of the puts function</i>
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000506<a href="#functionstructure">declare</a> i32 @puts(i8 *) <i>; i32(i8 *)* </i>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000507
508<i>; Definition of main function</i>
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000509define i32 @main() { <i>; i32()* </i>
510 <i>; Convert [13 x i8]* to i8 *...</i>
511 %cast210 = <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a> [13 x i8]* @.LC0, i64 0, i64 0 <i>; i8 *</i>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000512
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000513 <i>; Call puts function to write out the string to stdout.</i>
514 <a href="#i_call">call</a> i32 @puts(i8 * %cast210) <i>; i32</i>
Devang Pateld1a89692010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000515 <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 0<br>}
516
517<i>; Named metadata</i>
518!1 = metadata !{i32 41}
519!foo = !{!1, null}
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000520</pre>
521</div>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000522
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000523<p>This example is made up of a <a href="#globalvars">global variable</a> named
Devang Pateld1a89692010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000524 "<tt>.LC0</tt>", an external declaration of the "<tt>puts</tt>" function,
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000525 a <a href="#functionstructure">function definition</a> for
Devang Pateld1a89692010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000526 "<tt>main</tt>" and <a href="#namedmetadatastructure">named metadata</a>
527 "<tt>foo"</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000528
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000529<p>In general, a module is made up of a list of global values, where both
530 functions and global variables are global values. Global values are
531 represented by a pointer to a memory location (in this case, a pointer to an
532 array of char, and a pointer to a function), and have one of the
533 following <a href="#linkage">linkage types</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000534
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000535</div>
536
537<!-- ======================================================================= -->
538<div class="doc_subsection">
539 <a name="linkage">Linkage Types</a>
540</div>
541
542<div class="doc_text">
543
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000544<p>All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following types of
545 linkage:</p>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000546
547<dl>
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000548 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_private">private</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000549 <dd>Global values with private linkage are only directly accessible by objects
550 in the current module. In particular, linking code into a module with an
551 private global value may cause the private to be renamed as necessary to
552 avoid collisions. Because the symbol is private to the module, all
553 references can be updated. This doesn't show up in any symbol table in the
554 object file.</dd>
Rafael Espindola6de96a12009-01-15 20:18:42 +0000555
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000556 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linker_private">linker_private</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlinga3c6f6b2009-07-20 01:03:30 +0000557 <dd>Similar to private, but the symbol is passed through the assembler and
Chris Lattnere7f064e2009-08-24 04:32:16 +0000558 removed by the linker after evaluation. Note that (unlike private
559 symbols) linker_private symbols are subject to coalescing by the linker:
560 weak symbols get merged and redefinitions are rejected. However, unlike
561 normal strong symbols, they are removed by the linker from the final
562 linked image (executable or dynamic library).</dd>
Bill Wendlinga3c6f6b2009-07-20 01:03:30 +0000563
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000564 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_internal">internal</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000565 <dd>Similar to private, but the value shows as a local symbol
566 (<tt>STB_LOCAL</tt> in the case of ELF) in the object file. This
567 corresponds to the notion of the '<tt>static</tt>' keyword in C.</dd>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000568
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000569 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_available_externally">available_externally</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattner184f1be2009-04-13 05:44:34 +0000570 <dd>Globals with "<tt>available_externally</tt>" linkage are never emitted
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000571 into the object file corresponding to the LLVM module. They exist to
572 allow inlining and other optimizations to take place given knowledge of
573 the definition of the global, which is known to be somewhere outside the
574 module. Globals with <tt>available_externally</tt> linkage are allowed to
575 be discarded at will, and are otherwise the same as <tt>linkonce_odr</tt>.
576 This linkage type is only allowed on definitions, not declarations.</dd>
Chris Lattner184f1be2009-04-13 05:44:34 +0000577
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000578 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linkonce">linkonce</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattnere20b4702007-01-14 06:51:48 +0000579 <dd>Globals with "<tt>linkonce</tt>" linkage are merged with other globals of
Chris Lattner0de4caa2010-01-09 19:15:14 +0000580 the same name when linkage occurs. This can be used to implement
581 some forms of inline functions, templates, or other code which must be
582 generated in each translation unit that uses it, but where the body may
583 be overridden with a more definitive definition later. Unreferenced
584 <tt>linkonce</tt> globals are allowed to be discarded. Note that
585 <tt>linkonce</tt> linkage does not actually allow the optimizer to
586 inline the body of this function into callers because it doesn't know if
587 this definition of the function is the definitive definition within the
588 program or whether it will be overridden by a stronger definition.
589 To enable inlining and other optimizations, use "<tt>linkonce_odr</tt>"
590 linkage.</dd>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000591
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000592 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_weak">weak</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattnerd0554882009-08-05 05:21:07 +0000593 <dd>"<tt>weak</tt>" linkage has the same merging semantics as
594 <tt>linkonce</tt> linkage, except that unreferenced globals with
595 <tt>weak</tt> linkage may not be discarded. This is used for globals that
596 are declared "weak" in C source code.</dd>
597
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000598 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_common">common</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattnerd0554882009-08-05 05:21:07 +0000599 <dd>"<tt>common</tt>" linkage is most similar to "<tt>weak</tt>" linkage, but
600 they are used for tentative definitions in C, such as "<tt>int X;</tt>" at
601 global scope.
602 Symbols with "<tt>common</tt>" linkage are merged in the same way as
603 <tt>weak symbols</tt>, and they may not be deleted if unreferenced.
Chris Lattner0aff0b22009-08-05 05:41:44 +0000604 <tt>common</tt> symbols may not have an explicit section,
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +0000605 must have a zero initializer, and may not be marked '<a
Chris Lattner0aff0b22009-08-05 05:41:44 +0000606 href="#globalvars"><tt>constant</tt></a>'. Functions and aliases may not
607 have common linkage.</dd>
Chris Lattnerd0554882009-08-05 05:21:07 +0000608
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000609
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000610 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_appending">appending</a></b></tt></dt>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000611 <dd>"<tt>appending</tt>" linkage may only be applied to global variables of
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000612 pointer to array type. When two global variables with appending linkage
613 are linked together, the two global arrays are appended together. This is
614 the LLVM, typesafe, equivalent of having the system linker append together
615 "sections" with identical names when .o files are linked.</dd>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000616
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000617 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_externweak">extern_weak</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000618 <dd>The semantics of this linkage follow the ELF object file model: the symbol
619 is weak until linked, if not linked, the symbol becomes null instead of
620 being an undefined reference.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikova0554d92007-01-12 19:20:47 +0000621
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000622 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_linkonce_odr">linkonce_odr</a></b></tt></dt>
623 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_weak_odr">weak_odr</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000624 <dd>Some languages allow differing globals to be merged, such as two functions
625 with different semantics. Other languages, such as <tt>C++</tt>, ensure
626 that only equivalent globals are ever merged (the "one definition rule" -
627 "ODR"). Such languages can use the <tt>linkonce_odr</tt>
628 and <tt>weak_odr</tt> linkage types to indicate that the global will only
629 be merged with equivalent globals. These linkage types are otherwise the
630 same as their non-<tt>odr</tt> versions.</dd>
Duncan Sands12da8ce2009-03-07 15:45:40 +0000631
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000632 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_external">externally visible</a></b></tt>:</dt>
Chris Lattnerd79749a2004-12-09 16:36:40 +0000633 <dd>If none of the above identifiers are used, the global is externally
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000634 visible, meaning that it participates in linkage and can be used to
635 resolve external symbol references.</dd>
Reid Spencer7972c472007-04-11 23:49:50 +0000636</dl>
Anton Korobeynikovd61d39e2006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000637
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000638<p>The next two types of linkage are targeted for Microsoft Windows platform
639 only. They are designed to support importing (exporting) symbols from (to)
640 DLLs (Dynamic Link Libraries).</p>
Anton Korobeynikovd61d39e2006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000641
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000642<dl>
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000643 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllimport">dllimport</a></b></tt></dt>
Anton Korobeynikovd61d39e2006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000644 <dd>"<tt>dllimport</tt>" linkage causes the compiler to reference a function
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000645 or variable via a global pointer to a pointer that is set up by the DLL
646 exporting the symbol. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer name is
647 formed by combining <code>__imp_</code> and the function or variable
648 name.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikovd61d39e2006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000649
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +0000650 <dt><tt><b><a name="linkage_dllexport">dllexport</a></b></tt></dt>
Anton Korobeynikovd61d39e2006-09-14 18:23:27 +0000651 <dd>"<tt>dllexport</tt>" linkage causes the compiler to provide a global
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000652 pointer to a pointer in a DLL, so that it can be referenced with the
653 <tt>dllimport</tt> attribute. On Microsoft Windows targets, the pointer
654 name is formed by combining <code>__imp_</code> and the function or
655 variable name.</dd>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000656</dl>
657
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000658<p>For example, since the "<tt>.LC0</tt>" variable is defined to be internal, if
659 another module defined a "<tt>.LC0</tt>" variable and was linked with this
660 one, one of the two would be renamed, preventing a collision. Since
661 "<tt>main</tt>" and "<tt>puts</tt>" are external (i.e., lacking any linkage
662 declarations), they are accessible outside of the current module.</p>
663
664<p>It is illegal for a function <i>declaration</i> to have any linkage type
665 other than "externally visible", <tt>dllimport</tt>
666 or <tt>extern_weak</tt>.</p>
667
Duncan Sands12da8ce2009-03-07 15:45:40 +0000668<p>Aliases can have only <tt>external</tt>, <tt>internal</tt>, <tt>weak</tt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000669 or <tt>weak_odr</tt> linkages.</p>
670
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000671</div>
672
673<!-- ======================================================================= -->
674<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000675 <a name="callingconv">Calling Conventions</a>
676</div>
677
678<div class="doc_text">
679
680<p>LLVM <a href="#functionstructure">functions</a>, <a href="#i_call">calls</a>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000681 and <a href="#i_invoke">invokes</a> can all have an optional calling
682 convention specified for the call. The calling convention of any pair of
683 dynamic caller/callee must match, or the behavior of the program is
684 undefined. The following calling conventions are supported by LLVM, and more
685 may be added in the future:</p>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000686
687<dl>
688 <dt><b>"<tt>ccc</tt>" - The C calling convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000689 <dd>This calling convention (the default if no other calling convention is
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000690 specified) matches the target C calling conventions. This calling
691 convention supports varargs function calls and tolerates some mismatch in
692 the declared prototype and implemented declaration of the function (as
693 does normal C).</dd>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000694
695 <dt><b>"<tt>fastcc</tt>" - The fast calling convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000696 <dd>This calling convention attempts to make calls as fast as possible
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000697 (e.g. by passing things in registers). This calling convention allows the
698 target to use whatever tricks it wants to produce fast code for the
699 target, without having to conform to an externally specified ABI
Jeffrey Yasskinb8677462010-01-09 19:44:16 +0000700 (Application Binary Interface).
701 <a href="CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt">Tail calls can only be optimized
Chris Lattnera179e4d2010-03-11 00:22:57 +0000702 when this or the GHC convention is used.</a> This calling convention
703 does not support varargs and requires the prototype of all callees to
704 exactly match the prototype of the function definition.</dd>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000705
706 <dt><b>"<tt>coldcc</tt>" - The cold calling convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000707 <dd>This calling convention attempts to make code in the caller as efficient
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000708 as possible under the assumption that the call is not commonly executed.
709 As such, these calls often preserve all registers so that the call does
710 not break any live ranges in the caller side. This calling convention
711 does not support varargs and requires the prototype of all callees to
712 exactly match the prototype of the function definition.</dd>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000713
Chris Lattnera179e4d2010-03-11 00:22:57 +0000714 <dt><b>"<tt>cc <em>10</em></tt>" - GHC convention</b>:</dt>
715 <dd>This calling convention has been implemented specifically for use by the
716 <a href="http://www.haskell.org/ghc">Glasgow Haskell Compiler (GHC)</a>.
717 It passes everything in registers, going to extremes to achieve this by
718 disabling callee save registers. This calling convention should not be
719 used lightly but only for specific situations such as an alternative to
720 the <em>register pinning</em> performance technique often used when
721 implementing functional programming languages.At the moment only X86
722 supports this convention and it has the following limitations:
723 <ul>
724 <li>On <em>X86-32</em> only supports up to 4 bit type parameters. No
725 floating point types are supported.</li>
726 <li>On <em>X86-64</em> only supports up to 10 bit type parameters and
727 6 floating point parameters.</li>
728 </ul>
729 This calling convention supports
730 <a href="CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt">tail call optimization</a> but
731 requires both the caller and callee are using it.
732 </dd>
733
Chris Lattner573f64e2005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000734 <dt><b>"<tt>cc &lt;<em>n</em>&gt;</tt>" - Numbered convention</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000735 <dd>Any calling convention may be specified by number, allowing
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000736 target-specific calling conventions to be used. Target specific calling
737 conventions start at 64.</dd>
Chris Lattner573f64e2005-05-07 01:46:40 +0000738</dl>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000739
740<p>More calling conventions can be added/defined on an as-needed basis, to
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000741 support Pascal conventions or any other well-known target-independent
742 convention.</p>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +0000743
744</div>
745
746<!-- ======================================================================= -->
747<div class="doc_subsection">
Anton Korobeynikovc7f9f3d2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000748 <a name="visibility">Visibility Styles</a>
749</div>
750
751<div class="doc_text">
752
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000753<p>All Global Variables and Functions have one of the following visibility
754 styles:</p>
Anton Korobeynikovc7f9f3d2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000755
756<dl>
757 <dt><b>"<tt>default</tt>" - Default style</b>:</dt>
Chris Lattner67c37d12008-08-05 18:29:16 +0000758 <dd>On targets that use the ELF object file format, default visibility means
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000759 that the declaration is visible to other modules and, in shared libraries,
760 means that the declared entity may be overridden. On Darwin, default
761 visibility means that the declaration is visible to other modules. Default
762 visibility corresponds to "external linkage" in the language.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikovc7f9f3d2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000763
764 <dt><b>"<tt>hidden</tt>" - Hidden style</b>:</dt>
Anton Korobeynikovc7f9f3d2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000765 <dd>Two declarations of an object with hidden visibility refer to the same
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000766 object if they are in the same shared object. Usually, hidden visibility
767 indicates that the symbol will not be placed into the dynamic symbol
768 table, so no other module (executable or shared library) can reference it
769 directly.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikovc7f9f3d2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000770
Anton Korobeynikov39f3cff2007-04-29 18:35:00 +0000771 <dt><b>"<tt>protected</tt>" - Protected style</b>:</dt>
Anton Korobeynikov39f3cff2007-04-29 18:35:00 +0000772 <dd>On ELF, protected visibility indicates that the symbol will be placed in
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000773 the dynamic symbol table, but that references within the defining module
774 will bind to the local symbol. That is, the symbol cannot be overridden by
775 another module.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikovc7f9f3d2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000776</dl>
777
778</div>
779
780<!-- ======================================================================= -->
781<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerbc088212009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000782 <a name="namedtypes">Named Types</a>
783</div>
784
785<div class="doc_text">
786
787<p>LLVM IR allows you to specify name aliases for certain types. This can make
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000788 it easier to read the IR and make the IR more condensed (particularly when
789 recursive types are involved). An example of a name specification is:</p>
Chris Lattnerbc088212009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000790
791<div class="doc_code">
792<pre>
793%mytype = type { %mytype*, i32 }
794</pre>
795</div>
796
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000797<p>You may give a name to any <a href="#typesystem">type</a> except
798 "<a href="t_void">void</a>". Type name aliases may be used anywhere a type
799 is expected with the syntax "%mytype".</p>
Chris Lattnerbc088212009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000800
801<p>Note that type names are aliases for the structural type that they indicate,
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000802 and that you can therefore specify multiple names for the same type. This
803 often leads to confusing behavior when dumping out a .ll file. Since LLVM IR
804 uses structural typing, the name is not part of the type. When printing out
805 LLVM IR, the printer will pick <em>one name</em> to render all types of a
806 particular shape. This means that if you have code where two different
807 source types end up having the same LLVM type, that the dumper will sometimes
808 print the "wrong" or unexpected type. This is an important design point and
809 isn't going to change.</p>
Chris Lattnerbc088212009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000810
811</div>
812
Chris Lattnerbc088212009-01-11 20:53:49 +0000813<!-- ======================================================================= -->
814<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000815 <a name="globalvars">Global Variables</a>
816</div>
817
818<div class="doc_text">
819
Chris Lattner5d5aede2005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000820<p>Global variables define regions of memory allocated at compilation time
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000821 instead of run-time. Global variables may optionally be initialized, may
822 have an explicit section to be placed in, and may have an optional explicit
823 alignment specified. A variable may be defined as "thread_local", which
824 means that it will not be shared by threads (each thread will have a
825 separated copy of the variable). A variable may be defined as a global
826 "constant," which indicates that the contents of the variable
827 will <b>never</b> be modified (enabling better optimization, allowing the
828 global data to be placed in the read-only section of an executable, etc).
829 Note that variables that need runtime initialization cannot be marked
830 "constant" as there is a store to the variable.</p>
Chris Lattner5d5aede2005-02-12 19:30:21 +0000831
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000832<p>LLVM explicitly allows <em>declarations</em> of global variables to be marked
833 constant, even if the final definition of the global is not. This capability
834 can be used to enable slightly better optimization of the program, but
835 requires the language definition to guarantee that optimizations based on the
836 'constantness' are valid for the translation units that do not include the
837 definition.</p>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000838
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000839<p>As SSA values, global variables define pointer values that are in scope
840 (i.e. they dominate) all basic blocks in the program. Global variables
841 always define a pointer to their "content" type because they describe a
842 region of memory, and all memory objects in LLVM are accessed through
843 pointers.</p>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000844
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000845<p>A global variable may be declared to reside in a target-specific numbered
846 address space. For targets that support them, address spaces may affect how
847 optimizations are performed and/or what target instructions are used to
848 access the variable. The default address space is zero. The address space
849 qualifier must precede any other attributes.</p>
Christopher Lamb308121c2007-12-11 09:31:00 +0000850
Chris Lattner662c8722005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000851<p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for globals. If the target
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000852 supports it, it will emit globals to the section specified.</p>
Chris Lattner662c8722005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000853
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000854<p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a global. If not present, or if
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000855 the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the global is set by the
856 target to whatever it feels convenient. If an explicit alignment is
857 specified, the global is forced to have at least that much alignment. All
858 alignments must be a power of 2.</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000859
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000860<p>For example, the following defines a global in a numbered address space with
861 an initializer, section, and alignment:</p>
Chris Lattner5760c502007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000862
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000863<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner5760c502007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000864<pre>
Dan Gohmanaaa679b2009-01-11 00:40:00 +0000865@G = addrspace(5) constant float 1.0, section "foo", align 4
Chris Lattner5760c502007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000866</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000867</div>
Chris Lattner5760c502007-01-14 00:27:09 +0000868
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000869</div>
870
871
872<!-- ======================================================================= -->
873<div class="doc_subsection">
874 <a name="functionstructure">Functions</a>
875</div>
876
877<div class="doc_text">
878
Dan Gohmana269a0a2010-03-01 17:41:39 +0000879<p>LLVM function definitions consist of the "<tt>define</tt>" keyword, an
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000880 optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, an optional
881 <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>, an optional
882 <a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>, a return type, an optional
883 <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attribute</a> for the return type, a function
884 name, a (possibly empty) argument list (each with optional
885 <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attributes</a>), optional
886 <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a>, an optional section, an optional
887 alignment, an optional <a href="#gc">garbage collector name</a>, an opening
888 curly brace, a list of basic blocks, and a closing curly brace.</p>
Anton Korobeynikovc7f9f3d2007-01-23 12:35:46 +0000889
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000890<p>LLVM function declarations consist of the "<tt>declare</tt>" keyword, an
891 optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, an optional
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +0000892 <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>, an optional
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000893 <a href="#callingconv">calling convention</a>, a return type, an optional
894 <a href="#paramattrs">parameter attribute</a> for the return type, a function
895 name, a possibly empty list of arguments, an optional alignment, and an
896 optional <a href="#gc">garbage collector name</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000897
Chris Lattner67c37d12008-08-05 18:29:16 +0000898<p>A function definition contains a list of basic blocks, forming the CFG
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000899 (Control Flow Graph) for the function. Each basic block may optionally start
900 with a label (giving the basic block a symbol table entry), contains a list
901 of instructions, and ends with a <a href="#terminators">terminator</a>
902 instruction (such as a branch or function return).</p>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000903
Chris Lattnera59fb102007-06-08 16:52:14 +0000904<p>The first basic block in a function is special in two ways: it is immediately
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000905 executed on entrance to the function, and it is not allowed to have
906 predecessor basic blocks (i.e. there can not be any branches to the entry
907 block of a function). Because the block can have no predecessors, it also
908 cannot have any <a href="#i_phi">PHI nodes</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000909
Chris Lattner662c8722005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000910<p>LLVM allows an explicit section to be specified for functions. If the target
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000911 supports it, it will emit functions to the section specified.</p>
Chris Lattner662c8722005-11-12 00:45:07 +0000912
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000913<p>An explicit alignment may be specified for a function. If not present, or if
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000914 the alignment is set to zero, the alignment of the function is set by the
915 target to whatever it feels convenient. If an explicit alignment is
916 specified, the function is forced to have at least that much alignment. All
917 alignments must be a power of 2.</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +0000918
Bill Wendling30235112009-07-20 02:39:26 +0000919<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Devang Patel02256232008-10-07 17:48:33 +0000920<div class="doc_code">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000921<pre>
Chris Lattner0ae02092008-10-13 16:55:18 +0000922define [<a href="#linkage">linkage</a>] [<a href="#visibility">visibility</a>]
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000923 [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>]
924 &lt;ResultType&gt; @&lt;FunctionName&gt; ([argument list])
925 [<a href="#fnattrs">fn Attrs</a>] [section "name"] [align N]
926 [<a href="#gc">gc</a>] { ... }
927</pre>
Devang Patel02256232008-10-07 17:48:33 +0000928</div>
929
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +0000930</div>
931
Anton Korobeynikova97b6942007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000932<!-- ======================================================================= -->
933<div class="doc_subsection">
934 <a name="aliasstructure">Aliases</a>
935</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000936
Anton Korobeynikova97b6942007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000937<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000938
939<p>Aliases act as "second name" for the aliasee value (which can be either
940 function, global variable, another alias or bitcast of global value). Aliases
941 may have an optional <a href="#linkage">linkage type</a>, and an
942 optional <a href="#visibility">visibility style</a>.</p>
Anton Korobeynikova97b6942007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000943
Bill Wendling30235112009-07-20 02:39:26 +0000944<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000945<div class="doc_code">
Bill Wendling2d8b9a82007-05-29 09:42:13 +0000946<pre>
Duncan Sands7e99a942008-09-12 20:48:21 +0000947@&lt;Name&gt; = alias [Linkage] [Visibility] &lt;AliaseeTy&gt; @&lt;Aliasee&gt;
Bill Wendling2d8b9a82007-05-29 09:42:13 +0000948</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000949</div>
Anton Korobeynikova97b6942007-04-25 14:27:10 +0000950
951</div>
952
Chris Lattner91c15c42006-01-23 23:23:47 +0000953<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Devang Pateld1a89692010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000954<div class="doc_subsection">
955 <a name="namedmetadatastructure">Named Metadata</a>
956</div>
957
958<div class="doc_text">
959
Chris Lattnerc2f8f162010-01-15 21:50:19 +0000960<p>Named metadata is a collection of metadata. <a href="#metadata">Metadata
961 nodes</a> (but not metadata strings) and null are the only valid operands for
962 a named metadata.</p>
Devang Pateld1a89692010-01-11 19:35:55 +0000963
964<h5>Syntax:</h5>
965<div class="doc_code">
966<pre>
967!1 = metadata !{metadata !"one"}
968!name = !{null, !1}
969</pre>
970</div>
971
972</div>
973
974<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000975<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a></div>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +0000976
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000977<div class="doc_text">
978
979<p>The return type and each parameter of a function type may have a set of
980 <i>parameter attributes</i> associated with them. Parameter attributes are
981 used to communicate additional information about the result or parameters of
982 a function. Parameter attributes are considered to be part of the function,
983 not of the function type, so functions with different parameter attributes
984 can have the same function type.</p>
985
986<p>Parameter attributes are simple keywords that follow the type specified. If
987 multiple parameter attributes are needed, they are space separated. For
988 example:</p>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000989
990<div class="doc_code">
991<pre>
Nick Lewyckydac78d82009-02-15 23:06:14 +0000992declare i32 @printf(i8* noalias nocapture, ...)
Chris Lattnerd2597d72008-10-04 18:33:34 +0000993declare i32 @atoi(i8 zeroext)
994declare signext i8 @returns_signed_char()
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +0000995</pre>
996</div>
997
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +0000998<p>Note that any attributes for the function result (<tt>nounwind</tt>,
999 <tt>readonly</tt>) come immediately after the argument list.</p>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001000
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001001<p>Currently, only the following parameter attributes are defined:</p>
Chris Lattner5cee13f2008-01-11 06:20:47 +00001002
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001003<dl>
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001004 <dt><tt><b>zeroext</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001005 <dd>This indicates to the code generator that the parameter or return value
1006 should be zero-extended to a 32-bit value by the caller (for a parameter)
1007 or the callee (for a return value).</dd>
Chris Lattner5cee13f2008-01-11 06:20:47 +00001008
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001009 <dt><tt><b>signext</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001010 <dd>This indicates to the code generator that the parameter or return value
1011 should be sign-extended to a 32-bit value by the caller (for a parameter)
1012 or the callee (for a return value).</dd>
Chris Lattner5cee13f2008-01-11 06:20:47 +00001013
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001014 <dt><tt><b>inreg</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001015 <dd>This indicates that this parameter or return value should be treated in a
1016 special target-dependent fashion during while emitting code for a function
1017 call or return (usually, by putting it in a register as opposed to memory,
1018 though some targets use it to distinguish between two different kinds of
1019 registers). Use of this attribute is target-specific.</dd>
Chris Lattner5cee13f2008-01-11 06:20:47 +00001020
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001021 <dt><tt><b><a name="byval">byval</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001022 <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter should really be passed by value
1023 to the function. The attribute implies that a hidden copy of the pointee
1024 is made between the caller and the callee, so the callee is unable to
1025 modify the value in the callee. This attribute is only valid on LLVM
1026 pointer arguments. It is generally used to pass structs and arrays by
1027 value, but is also valid on pointers to scalars. The copy is considered
1028 to belong to the caller not the callee (for example,
1029 <tt><a href="#readonly">readonly</a></tt> functions should not write to
1030 <tt>byval</tt> parameters). This is not a valid attribute for return
1031 values. The byval attribute also supports specifying an alignment with
1032 the align attribute. This has a target-specific effect on the code
1033 generator that usually indicates a desired alignment for the synthesized
1034 stack slot.</dd>
1035
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001036 <dt><tt><b>sret</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001037 <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter specifies the address of a
1038 structure that is the return value of the function in the source program.
1039 This pointer must be guaranteed by the caller to be valid: loads and
1040 stores to the structure may be assumed by the callee to not to trap. This
1041 may only be applied to the first parameter. This is not a valid attribute
1042 for return values. </dd>
1043
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001044 <dt><tt><b>noalias</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001045 <dd>This indicates that the pointer does not alias any global or any other
1046 parameter. The caller is responsible for ensuring that this is the
1047 case. On a function return value, <tt>noalias</tt> additionally indicates
1048 that the pointer does not alias any other pointers visible to the
1049 caller. For further details, please see the discussion of the NoAlias
1050 response in
1051 <a href="http://llvm.org/docs/AliasAnalysis.html#MustMayNo">alias
1052 analysis</a>.</dd>
1053
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001054 <dt><tt><b>nocapture</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001055 <dd>This indicates that the callee does not make any copies of the pointer
1056 that outlive the callee itself. This is not a valid attribute for return
1057 values.</dd>
1058
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001059 <dt><tt><b>nest</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001060 <dd>This indicates that the pointer parameter can be excised using the
1061 <a href="#int_trampoline">trampoline intrinsics</a>. This is not a valid
1062 attribute for return values.</dd>
1063</dl>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001064
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001065</div>
1066
1067<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner91c15c42006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001068<div class="doc_subsection">
Gordon Henriksen71183b62007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001069 <a name="gc">Garbage Collector Names</a>
1070</div>
1071
1072<div class="doc_text">
Gordon Henriksen71183b62007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001073
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001074<p>Each function may specify a garbage collector name, which is simply a
1075 string:</p>
1076
1077<div class="doc_code">
1078<pre>
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001079define void @f() gc "name" { ... }
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001080</pre>
1081</div>
Gordon Henriksen71183b62007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001082
1083<p>The compiler declares the supported values of <i>name</i>. Specifying a
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001084 collector which will cause the compiler to alter its output in order to
1085 support the named garbage collection algorithm.</p>
1086
Gordon Henriksen71183b62007-12-10 03:18:06 +00001087</div>
1088
1089<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1090<div class="doc_subsection">
Devang Patel9eb525d2008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001091 <a name="fnattrs">Function Attributes</a>
Devang Patelcaacdba2008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001092</div>
1093
1094<div class="doc_text">
Devang Patel9eb525d2008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001095
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001096<p>Function attributes are set to communicate additional information about a
1097 function. Function attributes are considered to be part of the function, not
1098 of the function type, so functions with different parameter attributes can
1099 have the same function type.</p>
Devang Patel9eb525d2008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001100
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001101<p>Function attributes are simple keywords that follow the type specified. If
1102 multiple attributes are needed, they are space separated. For example:</p>
Devang Patelcaacdba2008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001103
1104<div class="doc_code">
Bill Wendlingb175fa42008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001105<pre>
Devang Patel9eb525d2008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001106define void @f() noinline { ... }
1107define void @f() alwaysinline { ... }
1108define void @f() alwaysinline optsize { ... }
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001109define void @f() optsize { ... }
Bill Wendlingb175fa42008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001110</pre>
Devang Patelcaacdba2008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001111</div>
1112
Bill Wendlingb175fa42008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001113<dl>
Charles Davisbe5557e2010-02-12 00:31:15 +00001114 <dt><tt><b>alignstack(&lt;<em>n</em>&gt;)</b></tt></dt>
1115 <dd>This attribute indicates that, when emitting the prologue and epilogue,
1116 the backend should forcibly align the stack pointer. Specify the
1117 desired alignment, which must be a power of two, in parentheses.
1118
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001119 <dt><tt><b>alwaysinline</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001120 <dd>This attribute indicates that the inliner should attempt to inline this
1121 function into callers whenever possible, ignoring any active inlining size
1122 threshold for this caller.</dd>
Bill Wendlingb175fa42008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001123
Jakob Stoklund Olesen74bb06c2010-02-06 01:16:28 +00001124 <dt><tt><b>inlinehint</b></tt></dt>
1125 <dd>This attribute indicates that the source code contained a hint that inlining
1126 this function is desirable (such as the "inline" keyword in C/C++). It
1127 is just a hint; it imposes no requirements on the inliner.</dd>
1128
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001129 <dt><tt><b>noinline</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001130 <dd>This attribute indicates that the inliner should never inline this
1131 function in any situation. This attribute may not be used together with
1132 the <tt>alwaysinline</tt> attribute.</dd>
Devang Patel9eb525d2008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001133
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001134 <dt><tt><b>optsize</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001135 <dd>This attribute suggests that optimization passes and code generator passes
1136 make choices that keep the code size of this function low, and otherwise
1137 do optimizations specifically to reduce code size.</dd>
Devang Patel9eb525d2008-09-26 23:51:19 +00001138
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001139 <dt><tt><b>noreturn</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001140 <dd>This function attribute indicates that the function never returns
1141 normally. This produces undefined behavior at runtime if the function
1142 ever does dynamically return.</dd>
Bill Wendlinga8130172008-11-13 01:02:51 +00001143
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001144 <dt><tt><b>nounwind</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001145 <dd>This function attribute indicates that the function never returns with an
1146 unwind or exceptional control flow. If the function does unwind, its
1147 runtime behavior is undefined.</dd>
Bill Wendling0f5541e2008-11-26 19:07:40 +00001148
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001149 <dt><tt><b>readnone</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001150 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function computes its result (or decides
1151 to unwind an exception) based strictly on its arguments, without
1152 dereferencing any pointer arguments or otherwise accessing any mutable
1153 state (e.g. memory, control registers, etc) visible to caller functions.
1154 It does not write through any pointer arguments
1155 (including <tt><a href="#byval">byval</a></tt> arguments) and never
1156 changes any state visible to callers. This means that it cannot unwind
1157 exceptions by calling the <tt>C++</tt> exception throwing methods, but
1158 could use the <tt>unwind</tt> instruction.</dd>
Devang Patel310fd4a2009-06-12 19:45:19 +00001159
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001160 <dt><tt><b><a name="readonly">readonly</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001161 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function does not write through any
1162 pointer arguments (including <tt><a href="#byval">byval</a></tt>
1163 arguments) or otherwise modify any state (e.g. memory, control registers,
1164 etc) visible to caller functions. It may dereference pointer arguments
1165 and read state that may be set in the caller. A readonly function always
1166 returns the same value (or unwinds an exception identically) when called
1167 with the same set of arguments and global state. It cannot unwind an
1168 exception by calling the <tt>C++</tt> exception throwing methods, but may
1169 use the <tt>unwind</tt> instruction.</dd>
Anton Korobeynikovc8ce7b082009-07-17 18:07:26 +00001170
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001171 <dt><tt><b><a name="ssp">ssp</a></b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001172 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function should emit a stack smashing
1173 protector. It is in the form of a "canary"&mdash;a random value placed on
1174 the stack before the local variables that's checked upon return from the
1175 function to see if it has been overwritten. A heuristic is used to
1176 determine if a function needs stack protectors or not.<br>
1177<br>
1178 If a function that has an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute is inlined into a
1179 function that doesn't have an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute, then the resulting
1180 function will have an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute.</dd>
1181
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001182 <dt><tt><b>sspreq</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001183 <dd>This attribute indicates that the function should <em>always</em> emit a
1184 stack smashing protector. This overrides
Bill Wendling30235112009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001185 the <tt><a href="#ssp">ssp</a></tt> function attribute.<br>
1186<br>
1187 If a function that has an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute is inlined into a
1188 function that doesn't have an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute or which has
1189 an <tt>ssp</tt> attribute, then the resulting function will have
1190 an <tt>sspreq</tt> attribute.</dd>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001191
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001192 <dt><tt><b>noredzone</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001193 <dd>This attribute indicates that the code generator should not use a red
1194 zone, even if the target-specific ABI normally permits it.</dd>
1195
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001196 <dt><tt><b>noimplicitfloat</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001197 <dd>This attributes disables implicit floating point instructions.</dd>
1198
Bill Wendling7f4a3362009-11-02 00:24:16 +00001199 <dt><tt><b>naked</b></tt></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001200 <dd>This attribute disables prologue / epilogue emission for the function.
1201 This can have very system-specific consequences.</dd>
Bill Wendlingb175fa42008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001202</dl>
1203
Devang Patelcaacdba2008-09-04 23:05:13 +00001204</div>
1205
1206<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1207<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner93564892006-04-08 04:40:53 +00001208 <a name="moduleasm">Module-Level Inline Assembly</a>
Chris Lattner91c15c42006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001209</div>
1210
1211<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001212
1213<p>Modules may contain "module-level inline asm" blocks, which corresponds to
1214 the GCC "file scope inline asm" blocks. These blocks are internally
1215 concatenated by LLVM and treated as a single unit, but may be separated in
1216 the <tt>.ll</tt> file if desired. The syntax is very simple:</p>
Chris Lattner91c15c42006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001217
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001218<div class="doc_code">
1219<pre>
1220module asm "inline asm code goes here"
1221module asm "more can go here"
1222</pre>
1223</div>
Chris Lattner91c15c42006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001224
1225<p>The strings can contain any character by escaping non-printable characters.
1226 The escape sequence used is simply "\xx" where "xx" is the two digit hex code
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001227 for the number.</p>
Chris Lattner91c15c42006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001228
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001229<p>The inline asm code is simply printed to the machine code .s file when
1230 assembly code is generated.</p>
1231
Chris Lattner91c15c42006-01-23 23:23:47 +00001232</div>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001233
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001234<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1235<div class="doc_subsection">
1236 <a name="datalayout">Data Layout</a>
1237</div>
1238
1239<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001240
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001241<p>A module may specify a target specific data layout string that specifies how
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001242 data is to be laid out in memory. The syntax for the data layout is
1243 simply:</p>
1244
1245<div class="doc_code">
1246<pre>
1247target datalayout = "<i>layout specification</i>"
1248</pre>
1249</div>
1250
1251<p>The <i>layout specification</i> consists of a list of specifications
1252 separated by the minus sign character ('-'). Each specification starts with
1253 a letter and may include other information after the letter to define some
1254 aspect of the data layout. The specifications accepted are as follows:</p>
1255
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001256<dl>
1257 <dt><tt>E</tt></dt>
1258 <dd>Specifies that the target lays out data in big-endian form. That is, the
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001259 bits with the most significance have the lowest address location.</dd>
1260
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001261 <dt><tt>e</tt></dt>
Chris Lattner67c37d12008-08-05 18:29:16 +00001262 <dd>Specifies that the target lays out data in little-endian form. That is,
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001263 the bits with the least significance have the lowest address
1264 location.</dd>
1265
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001266 <dt><tt>p:<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00001267 <dd>This specifies the <i>size</i> of a pointer and its <i>abi</i> and
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001268 <i>preferred</i> alignments. All sizes are in bits. Specifying
1269 the <i>pref</i> alignment is optional. If omitted, the
1270 preceding <tt>:</tt> should be omitted too.</dd>
1271
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001272 <dt><tt>i<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1273 <dd>This specifies the alignment for an integer type of a given bit
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001274 <i>size</i>. The value of <i>size</i> must be in the range [1,2^23).</dd>
1275
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001276 <dt><tt>v<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00001277 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a vector type of a given bit
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001278 <i>size</i>.</dd>
1279
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001280 <dt><tt>f<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00001281 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a floating point type of a given bit
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001282 <i>size</i>. The value of <i>size</i> must be either 32 (float) or 64
1283 (double).</dd>
1284
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001285 <dt><tt>a<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1286 <dd>This specifies the alignment for an aggregate type of a given bit
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001287 <i>size</i>.</dd>
1288
Daniel Dunbar7921a592009-06-08 22:17:53 +00001289 <dt><tt>s<i>size</i>:<i>abi</i>:<i>pref</i></tt></dt>
1290 <dd>This specifies the alignment for a stack object of a given bit
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001291 <i>size</i>.</dd>
Chris Lattnera381eff2009-11-07 09:35:34 +00001292
1293 <dt><tt>n<i>size1</i>:<i>size2</i>:<i>size3</i>...</tt></dt>
1294 <dd>This specifies a set of native integer widths for the target CPU
1295 in bits. For example, it might contain "n32" for 32-bit PowerPC,
1296 "n32:64" for PowerPC 64, or "n8:16:32:64" for X86-64. Elements of
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00001297 this set are considered to support most general arithmetic
Chris Lattnera381eff2009-11-07 09:35:34 +00001298 operations efficiently.</dd>
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001299</dl>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001300
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001301<p>When constructing the data layout for a given target, LLVM starts with a
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001302 default set of specifications which are then (possibly) overriden by the
1303 specifications in the <tt>datalayout</tt> keyword. The default specifications
1304 are given in this list:</p>
1305
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001306<ul>
1307 <li><tt>E</tt> - big endian</li>
Dan Gohman8ad777d2010-02-23 02:44:03 +00001308 <li><tt>p:64:64:64</tt> - 64-bit pointers with 64-bit alignment</li>
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001309 <li><tt>i1:8:8</tt> - i1 is 8-bit (byte) aligned</li>
1310 <li><tt>i8:8:8</tt> - i8 is 8-bit (byte) aligned</li>
1311 <li><tt>i16:16:16</tt> - i16 is 16-bit aligned</li>
1312 <li><tt>i32:32:32</tt> - i32 is 32-bit aligned</li>
Chris Lattner67c37d12008-08-05 18:29:16 +00001313 <li><tt>i64:32:64</tt> - i64 has ABI alignment of 32-bits but preferred
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001314 alignment of 64-bits</li>
1315 <li><tt>f32:32:32</tt> - float is 32-bit aligned</li>
1316 <li><tt>f64:64:64</tt> - double is 64-bit aligned</li>
1317 <li><tt>v64:64:64</tt> - 64-bit vector is 64-bit aligned</li>
1318 <li><tt>v128:128:128</tt> - 128-bit vector is 128-bit aligned</li>
1319 <li><tt>a0:0:1</tt> - aggregates are 8-bit aligned</li>
Daniel Dunbar7921a592009-06-08 22:17:53 +00001320 <li><tt>s0:64:64</tt> - stack objects are 64-bit aligned</li>
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001321</ul>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001322
1323<p>When LLVM is determining the alignment for a given type, it uses the
1324 following rules:</p>
1325
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001326<ol>
1327 <li>If the type sought is an exact match for one of the specifications, that
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001328 specification is used.</li>
1329
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001330 <li>If no match is found, and the type sought is an integer type, then the
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001331 smallest integer type that is larger than the bitwidth of the sought type
1332 is used. If none of the specifications are larger than the bitwidth then
1333 the the largest integer type is used. For example, given the default
1334 specifications above, the i7 type will use the alignment of i8 (next
1335 largest) while both i65 and i256 will use the alignment of i64 (largest
1336 specified).</li>
1337
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001338 <li>If no match is found, and the type sought is a vector type, then the
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001339 largest vector type that is smaller than the sought vector type will be
1340 used as a fall back. This happens because &lt;128 x double&gt; can be
1341 implemented in terms of 64 &lt;2 x double&gt;, for example.</li>
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001342</ol>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001343
Reid Spencer50c723a2007-02-19 23:54:10 +00001344</div>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001345
Dan Gohman6154a012009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001346<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1347<div class="doc_subsection">
1348 <a name="pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a>
1349</div>
1350
1351<div class="doc_text">
1352
Andreas Bolka8ae4e242009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001353<p>Any memory access must be done through a pointer value associated
Andreas Bolkae39f0332009-07-27 20:37:10 +00001354with an address range of the memory access, otherwise the behavior
Dan Gohman6154a012009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001355is undefined. Pointer values are associated with address ranges
1356according to the following rules:</p>
1357
1358<ul>
Andreas Bolka8ae4e242009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001359 <li>A pointer value formed from a
1360 <tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt> instruction
1361 is associated with the addresses associated with the first operand
1362 of the <tt>getelementptr</tt>.</li>
1363 <li>An address of a global variable is associated with the address
Dan Gohman6154a012009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001364 range of the variable's storage.</li>
1365 <li>The result value of an allocation instruction is associated with
1366 the address range of the allocated storage.</li>
1367 <li>A null pointer in the default address-space is associated with
Andreas Bolka8ae4e242009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001368 no address.</li>
1369 <li>A pointer value formed by an
1370 <tt><a href="#i_inttoptr">inttoptr</a></tt> is associated with all
1371 address ranges of all pointer values that contribute (directly or
1372 indirectly) to the computation of the pointer's value.</li>
1373 <li>The result value of a
1374 <tt><a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast</a></tt> is associated with all
Dan Gohman6154a012009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001375 addresses associated with the operand of the <tt>bitcast</tt>.</li>
1376 <li>An integer constant other than zero or a pointer value returned
1377 from a function not defined within LLVM may be associated with address
1378 ranges allocated through mechanisms other than those provided by
Andreas Bolka8ae4e242009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001379 LLVM. Such ranges shall not overlap with any ranges of addresses
Dan Gohman6154a012009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001380 allocated by mechanisms provided by LLVM.</li>
1381 </ul>
1382
1383<p>LLVM IR does not associate types with memory. The result type of a
Andreas Bolka8ae4e242009-07-29 00:02:05 +00001384<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> merely indicates the size and
1385alignment of the memory from which to load, as well as the
1386interpretation of the value. The first operand of a
1387<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt> similarly only indicates the size
1388and alignment of the store.</p>
Dan Gohman6154a012009-07-27 18:07:55 +00001389
1390<p>Consequently, type-based alias analysis, aka TBAA, aka
1391<tt>-fstrict-aliasing</tt>, is not applicable to general unadorned
1392LLVM IR. <a href="#metadata">Metadata</a> may be used to encode
1393additional information which specialized optimization passes may use
1394to implement type-based alias analysis.</p>
1395
1396</div>
1397
Jeffrey Yasskin5d284ae2010-04-26 21:21:24 +00001398<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1399<div class="doc_subsection">
1400 <a name="volatile">Volatile Memory Accesses</a>
1401</div>
1402
1403<div class="doc_text">
1404
1405<p>Certain memory accesses, such as <a href="#i_load"><tt>load</tt></a>s, <a
1406href="#i_store"><tt>store</tt></a>s, and <a
1407href="#int_memcpy"><tt>llvm.memcpy</tt></a>s may be marked <tt>volatile</tt>.
1408The optimizers must not change the number of volatile operations or change their
1409order of execution relative to other volatile operations. The optimizers
1410<i>may</i> change the order of volatile operations relative to non-volatile
1411operations. This is not Java's "volatile" and has no cross-thread
1412synchronization behavior.</p>
1413
1414</div>
1415
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001416<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001417<div class="doc_section"> <a name="typesystem">Type System</a> </div>
1418<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001419
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001420<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001421
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001422<p>The LLVM type system is one of the most important features of the
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001423 intermediate representation. Being typed enables a number of optimizations
1424 to be performed on the intermediate representation directly, without having
1425 to do extra analyses on the side before the transformation. A strong type
1426 system makes it easier to read the generated code and enables novel analyses
1427 and transformations that are not feasible to perform on normal three address
1428 code representations.</p>
Chris Lattner6af02f32004-12-09 16:11:40 +00001429
1430</div>
1431
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001432<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001433<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_classifications">Type
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001434Classifications</a> </div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001435
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001436<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001437
1438<p>The types fall into a few useful classifications:</p>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001439
1440<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001441 <tbody>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001442 <tr><th>Classification</th><th>Types</th></tr>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001443 <tr>
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001444 <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a></td>
Reid Spencer138249b2007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001445 <td><tt>i1, i2, i3, ... i8, ... i16, ... i32, ... i64, ... </tt></td>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001446 </tr>
1447 <tr>
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001448 <td><a href="#t_floating">floating point</a></td>
1449 <td><tt>float, double, x86_fp80, fp128, ppc_fp128</tt></td>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001450 </tr>
1451 <tr>
1452 <td><a name="t_firstclass">first class</a></td>
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001453 <td><a href="#t_integer">integer</a>,
1454 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>,
1455 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>,
Dan Gohman08783a882008-06-18 18:42:13 +00001456 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>,
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00001457 <a href="#t_struct">structure</a>,
Chris Lattner392be582010-02-12 20:49:41 +00001458 <a href="#t_union">union</a>,
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00001459 <a href="#t_array">array</a>,
Nick Lewyckyadbc2842009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001460 <a href="#t_label">label</a>,
1461 <a href="#t_metadata">metadata</a>.
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001462 </td>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001463 </tr>
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001464 <tr>
1465 <td><a href="#t_primitive">primitive</a></td>
1466 <td><a href="#t_label">label</a>,
1467 <a href="#t_void">void</a>,
Nick Lewyckyadbc2842009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001468 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>,
1469 <a href="#t_metadata">metadata</a>.</td>
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001470 </tr>
1471 <tr>
1472 <td><a href="#t_derived">derived</a></td>
Chris Lattner392be582010-02-12 20:49:41 +00001473 <td><a href="#t_array">array</a>,
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001474 <a href="#t_function">function</a>,
1475 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a>,
1476 <a href="#t_struct">structure</a>,
1477 <a href="#t_pstruct">packed structure</a>,
Chris Lattner392be582010-02-12 20:49:41 +00001478 <a href="#t_union">union</a>,
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001479 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>,
1480 <a href="#t_opaque">opaque</a>.
Dan Gohman93bf60d2008-10-14 16:32:04 +00001481 </td>
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001482 </tr>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001483 </tbody>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001484</table>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001485
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001486<p>The <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> types are perhaps the most
1487 important. Values of these types are the only ones which can be produced by
Nick Lewycky84a1eeb2009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001488 instructions.</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001489
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001490</div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001491
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001492<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001493<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_primitive">Primitive Types</a> </div>
Chris Lattner43542b32008-01-04 04:34:14 +00001494
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001495<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001496
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001497<p>The primitive types are the fundamental building blocks of the LLVM
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001498 system.</p>
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001499
Chris Lattner43542b32008-01-04 04:34:14 +00001500</div>
1501
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001502<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Nick Lewycky84a1eeb2009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001503<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_integer">Integer Type</a> </div>
1504
1505<div class="doc_text">
1506
1507<h5>Overview:</h5>
1508<p>The integer type is a very simple type that simply specifies an arbitrary
1509 bit width for the integer type desired. Any bit width from 1 bit to
1510 2<sup>23</sup>-1 (about 8 million) can be specified.</p>
1511
1512<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1513<pre>
1514 iN
1515</pre>
1516
1517<p>The number of bits the integer will occupy is specified by the <tt>N</tt>
1518 value.</p>
1519
1520<h5>Examples:</h5>
1521<table class="layout">
1522 <tr class="layout">
1523 <td class="left"><tt>i1</tt></td>
1524 <td class="left">a single-bit integer.</td>
1525 </tr>
1526 <tr class="layout">
1527 <td class="left"><tt>i32</tt></td>
1528 <td class="left">a 32-bit integer.</td>
1529 </tr>
1530 <tr class="layout">
1531 <td class="left"><tt>i1942652</tt></td>
1532 <td class="left">a really big integer of over 1 million bits.</td>
1533 </tr>
1534</table>
1535
Nick Lewycky84a1eeb2009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001536</div>
1537
1538<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001539<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_floating">Floating Point Types</a> </div>
1540
1541<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001542
1543<table>
1544 <tbody>
1545 <tr><th>Type</th><th>Description</th></tr>
1546 <tr><td><tt>float</tt></td><td>32-bit floating point value</td></tr>
1547 <tr><td><tt>double</tt></td><td>64-bit floating point value</td></tr>
1548 <tr><td><tt>fp128</tt></td><td>128-bit floating point value (112-bit mantissa)</td></tr>
1549 <tr><td><tt>x86_fp80</tt></td><td>80-bit floating point value (X87)</td></tr>
1550 <tr><td><tt>ppc_fp128</tt></td><td>128-bit floating point value (two 64-bits)</td></tr>
1551 </tbody>
1552</table>
1553
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001554</div>
1555
1556<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1557<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_void">Void Type</a> </div>
1558
1559<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendling30235112009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001560
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001561<h5>Overview:</h5>
1562<p>The void type does not represent any value and has no size.</p>
1563
1564<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001565<pre>
1566 void
1567</pre>
Bill Wendling30235112009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001568
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001569</div>
1570
1571<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1572<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_label">Label Type</a> </div>
1573
1574<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendling30235112009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001575
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001576<h5>Overview:</h5>
1577<p>The label type represents code labels.</p>
1578
1579<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001580<pre>
1581 label
1582</pre>
Bill Wendling30235112009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001583
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001584</div>
1585
Nick Lewyckyadbc2842009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001586<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1587<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_metadata">Metadata Type</a> </div>
1588
1589<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendling30235112009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001590
Nick Lewyckyadbc2842009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001591<h5>Overview:</h5>
Nick Lewycky93e06a52009-09-27 23:27:42 +00001592<p>The metadata type represents embedded metadata. No derived types may be
1593 created from metadata except for <a href="#t_function">function</a>
1594 arguments.
Nick Lewyckyadbc2842009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001595
1596<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Nick Lewyckyadbc2842009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001597<pre>
1598 metadata
1599</pre>
Bill Wendling30235112009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001600
Nick Lewyckyadbc2842009-05-30 05:06:04 +00001601</div>
1602
Chris Lattner7824d182008-01-04 04:32:38 +00001603
1604<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001605<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="t_derived">Derived Types</a> </div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001606
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001607<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001608
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001609<p>The real power in LLVM comes from the derived types in the system. This is
1610 what allows a programmer to represent arrays, functions, pointers, and other
Nick Lewycky84a1eeb2009-09-27 00:45:11 +00001611 useful types. Each of these types contain one or more element types which
1612 may be a primitive type, or another derived type. For example, it is
1613 possible to have a two dimensional array, using an array as the element type
1614 of another array.</p>
Dan Gohman142ccc02009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001615
Chris Lattner392be582010-02-12 20:49:41 +00001616
1617</div>
1618
1619<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1620<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_aggregate">Aggregate Types</a> </div>
1621
1622<div class="doc_text">
1623
1624<p>Aggregate Types are a subset of derived types that can contain multiple
1625 member types. <a href="#t_array">Arrays</a>,
1626 <a href="#t_struct">structs</a>, <a href="#t_vector">vectors</a> and
1627 <a href="#t_union">unions</a> are aggregate types.</p>
1628
1629</div>
1630
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00001631</div>
Reid Spencer138249b2007-05-16 18:44:01 +00001632
1633<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001634<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_array">Array Type</a> </div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001635
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001636<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001637
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001638<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001639<p>The array type is a very simple derived type that arranges elements
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001640 sequentially in memory. The array type requires a size (number of elements)
1641 and an underlying data type.</p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001642
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001643<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001644<pre>
1645 [&lt;# elements&gt; x &lt;elementtype&gt;]
1646</pre>
1647
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001648<p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; <tt>elementtype</tt> may
1649 be any type with a size.</p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00001650
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001651<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001652<table class="layout">
1653 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner747359f2007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001654 <td class="left"><tt>[40 x i32]</tt></td>
1655 <td class="left">Array of 40 32-bit integer values.</td>
1656 </tr>
1657 <tr class="layout">
1658 <td class="left"><tt>[41 x i32]</tt></td>
1659 <td class="left">Array of 41 32-bit integer values.</td>
1660 </tr>
1661 <tr class="layout">
1662 <td class="left"><tt>[4 x i8]</tt></td>
1663 <td class="left">Array of 4 8-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001664 </tr>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001665</table>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001666<p>Here are some examples of multidimensional arrays:</p>
1667<table class="layout">
1668 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner747359f2007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001669 <td class="left"><tt>[3 x [4 x i32]]</tt></td>
1670 <td class="left">3x4 array of 32-bit integer values.</td>
1671 </tr>
1672 <tr class="layout">
1673 <td class="left"><tt>[12 x [10 x float]]</tt></td>
1674 <td class="left">12x10 array of single precision floating point values.</td>
1675 </tr>
1676 <tr class="layout">
1677 <td class="left"><tt>[2 x [3 x [4 x i16]]]</tt></td>
1678 <td class="left">2x3x4 array of 16-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001679 </tr>
1680</table>
Chris Lattnerc0ad71e2005-06-24 17:22:57 +00001681
Dan Gohmanc74bc282009-11-09 19:01:53 +00001682<p>There is no restriction on indexing beyond the end of the array implied by
1683 a static type (though there are restrictions on indexing beyond the bounds
1684 of an allocated object in some cases). This means that single-dimension
1685 'variable sized array' addressing can be implemented in LLVM with a zero
1686 length array type. An implementation of 'pascal style arrays' in LLVM could
1687 use the type "<tt>{ i32, [0 x float]}</tt>", for example.</p>
Chris Lattnerc0ad71e2005-06-24 17:22:57 +00001688
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001689</div>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001690
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001691<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001692<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_function">Function Type</a> </div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001693
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001694<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerda508ac2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001695
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001696<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001697<p>The function type can be thought of as a function signature. It consists of
1698 a return type and a list of formal parameter types. The return type of a
Chris Lattner392be582010-02-12 20:49:41 +00001699 function type is a scalar type, a void type, a struct type, or a union
1700 type. If the return type is a struct type then all struct elements must be
1701 of first class types, and the struct must have at least one element.</p>
Devang Pateld6cff512008-03-10 20:49:15 +00001702
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001703<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerda508ac2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001704<pre>
Nick Lewycky14d1ccc2009-09-27 07:55:32 +00001705 &lt;returntype&gt; (&lt;parameter list&gt;)
Chris Lattnerda508ac2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001706</pre>
1707
John Criswell4c0cf7f2005-10-24 16:17:18 +00001708<p>...where '<tt>&lt;parameter list&gt;</tt>' is a comma-separated list of type
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001709 specifiers. Optionally, the parameter list may include a type <tt>...</tt>,
1710 which indicates that the function takes a variable number of arguments.
1711 Variable argument functions can access their arguments with
1712 the <a href="#int_varargs">variable argument handling intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner47f2a832010-03-02 06:36:51 +00001713 functions. '<tt>&lt;returntype&gt;</tt>' is any type except
Nick Lewycky93e06a52009-09-27 23:27:42 +00001714 <a href="#t_label">label</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerda508ac2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00001715
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001716<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001717<table class="layout">
1718 <tr class="layout">
Reid Spencer58c08712006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001719 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i32)</tt></td>
1720 <td class="left">function taking an <tt>i32</tt>, returning an <tt>i32</tt>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001721 </td>
Reid Spencer58c08712006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001722 </tr><tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner47f2a832010-03-02 06:36:51 +00001723 <td class="left"><tt>float&nbsp;(i16,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;*)&nbsp;*
Reid Spencer655dcc62006-12-31 07:20:23 +00001724 </tt></td>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00001725 <td class="left"><a href="#t_pointer">Pointer</a> to a function that takes
Chris Lattner47f2a832010-03-02 06:36:51 +00001726 an <tt>i16</tt> and a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>i32</tt>,
1727 returning <tt>float</tt>.
Reid Spencer58c08712006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001728 </td>
1729 </tr><tr class="layout">
1730 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i8*, ...)</tt></td>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00001731 <td class="left">A vararg function that takes at least one
1732 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <tt>i8 </tt> (char in C),
1733 which returns an integer. This is the signature for <tt>printf</tt> in
Reid Spencer58c08712006-12-31 07:18:34 +00001734 LLVM.
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001735 </td>
Devang Patele3dfc1c2008-03-24 05:35:41 +00001736 </tr><tr class="layout">
1737 <td class="left"><tt>{i32, i32} (i32)</tt></td>
Nick Lewycky14d1ccc2009-09-27 07:55:32 +00001738 <td class="left">A function taking an <tt>i32</tt>, returning a
1739 <a href="#t_struct">structure</a> containing two <tt>i32</tt> values
Devang Patele3dfc1c2008-03-24 05:35:41 +00001740 </td>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001741 </tr>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001742</table>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00001743
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001744</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001745
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001746<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001747<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_struct">Structure Type</a> </div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001748
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001749<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001750
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001751<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001752<p>The structure type is used to represent a collection of data members together
1753 in memory. The packing of the field types is defined to match the ABI of the
1754 underlying processor. The elements of a structure may be any type that has a
1755 size.</p>
1756
Jeffrey Yasskinf991bbb2010-01-11 19:19:26 +00001757<p>Structures in memory are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt>'
1758 and '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a field
1759 with the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.
1760 Structures in registers are accessed using the
1761 '<tt><a href="#i_extractvalue">extractvalue</a></tt>' and
1762 '<tt><a href="#i_insertvalue">insertvalue</a></tt>' instructions.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001763<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendling30235112009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001764<pre>
1765 { &lt;type list&gt; }
1766</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001767
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001768<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001769<table class="layout">
1770 <tr class="layout">
Jeff Cohen5819f182007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001771 <td class="left"><tt>{ i32, i32, i32 }</tt></td>
1772 <td class="left">A triple of three <tt>i32</tt> values</td>
1773 </tr><tr class="layout">
1774 <td class="left"><tt>{&nbsp;float,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;(i32)&nbsp;*&nbsp;}</tt></td>
1775 <td class="left">A pair, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the
1776 second element is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a
1777 <a href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32</tt>, returning
1778 an <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001779 </tr>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001780</table>
Dan Gohman142ccc02009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001781
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001782</div>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001783
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00001784<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Andrew Lenharth8df88e22006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001785<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_pstruct">Packed Structure Type</a>
1786</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001787
Andrew Lenharth8df88e22006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001788<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001789
Andrew Lenharth8df88e22006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001790<h5>Overview:</h5>
1791<p>The packed structure type is used to represent a collection of data members
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001792 together in memory. There is no padding between fields. Further, the
1793 alignment of a packed structure is 1 byte. The elements of a packed
1794 structure may be any type that has a size.</p>
1795
1796<p>Structures are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> and
1797 '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a field with
1798 the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.</p>
1799
Andrew Lenharth8df88e22006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001800<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendling30235112009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001801<pre>
1802 &lt; { &lt;type list&gt; } &gt;
1803</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001804
Andrew Lenharth8df88e22006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001805<h5>Examples:</h5>
1806<table class="layout">
1807 <tr class="layout">
Jeff Cohen5819f182007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001808 <td class="left"><tt>&lt; { i32, i32, i32 } &gt;</tt></td>
1809 <td class="left">A triple of three <tt>i32</tt> values</td>
1810 </tr><tr class="layout">
Bill Wendlingb175fa42008-09-07 10:26:33 +00001811 <td class="left">
1812<tt>&lt;&nbsp;{&nbsp;float,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;(i32)*&nbsp;}&nbsp;&gt;</tt></td>
Jeff Cohen5819f182007-04-22 01:17:39 +00001813 <td class="left">A pair, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the
1814 second element is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a
1815 <a href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32</tt>, returning
1816 an <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
Andrew Lenharth8df88e22006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001817 </tr>
1818</table>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001819
Andrew Lenharth8df88e22006-12-08 17:13:00 +00001820</div>
1821
1822<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner392be582010-02-12 20:49:41 +00001823<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_union">Union Type</a> </div>
1824
1825<div class="doc_text">
1826
1827<h5>Overview:</h5>
1828<p>A union type describes an object with size and alignment suitable for
1829 an object of any one of a given set of types (also known as an "untagged"
1830 union). It is similar in concept and usage to a
1831 <a href="#t_struct">struct</a>, except that all members of the union
1832 have an offset of zero. The elements of a union may be any type that has a
1833 size. Unions must have at least one member - empty unions are not allowed.
1834 </p>
1835
1836<p>The size of the union as a whole will be the size of its largest member,
1837 and the alignment requirements of the union as a whole will be the largest
1838 alignment requirement of any member.</p>
1839
Dan Gohman1ad14992010-02-25 16:51:31 +00001840<p>Union members are accessed using '<tt><a href="#i_load">load</a></tt> and
Chris Lattner392be582010-02-12 20:49:41 +00001841 '<tt><a href="#i_store">store</a></tt>' by getting a pointer to a field with
1842 the '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.
1843 Since all members are at offset zero, the getelementptr instruction does
1844 not affect the address, only the type of the resulting pointer.</p>
1845
1846<h5>Syntax:</h5>
1847<pre>
1848 union { &lt;type list&gt; }
1849</pre>
1850
1851<h5>Examples:</h5>
1852<table class="layout">
1853 <tr class="layout">
1854 <td class="left"><tt>union { i32, i32*, float }</tt></td>
1855 <td class="left">A union of three types: an <tt>i32</tt>, a pointer to
1856 an <tt>i32</tt>, and a <tt>float</tt>.</td>
1857 </tr><tr class="layout">
1858 <td class="left">
1859 <tt>union {&nbsp;float,&nbsp;i32&nbsp;(i32)&nbsp;*&nbsp;}</tt></td>
1860 <td class="left">A union, where the first element is a <tt>float</tt> and the
1861 second element is a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a
1862 <a href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32</tt>, returning
1863 an <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
1864 </tr>
1865</table>
1866
1867</div>
1868
1869<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00001870<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_pointer">Pointer Type</a> </div>
Chris Lattner4a67c912009-02-08 19:53:29 +00001871
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001872<div class="doc_text">
1873
1874<h5>Overview:</h5>
Dan Gohman88481112010-02-25 16:50:07 +00001875<p>The pointer type is used to specify memory locations.
1876 Pointers are commonly used to reference objects in memory.</p>
1877
1878<p>Pointer types may have an optional address space attribute defining the
1879 numbered address space where the pointed-to object resides. The default
1880 address space is number zero. The semantics of non-zero address
1881 spaces are target-specific.</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001882
1883<p>Note that LLVM does not permit pointers to void (<tt>void*</tt>) nor does it
1884 permit pointers to labels (<tt>label*</tt>). Use <tt>i8*</tt> instead.</p>
Chris Lattner4a67c912009-02-08 19:53:29 +00001885
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001886<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendling30235112009-07-20 02:39:26 +00001887<pre>
1888 &lt;type&gt; *
1889</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001890
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00001891<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001892<table class="layout">
1893 <tr class="layout">
Dan Gohman623806e2009-01-04 23:44:43 +00001894 <td class="left"><tt>[4 x i32]*</tt></td>
Chris Lattner747359f2007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001895 <td class="left">A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to <a
1896 href="#t_array">array</a> of four <tt>i32</tt> values.</td>
1897 </tr>
1898 <tr class="layout">
1899 <td class="left"><tt>i32 (i32 *) *</tt></td>
1900 <td class="left"> A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to a <a
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00001901 href="#t_function">function</a> that takes an <tt>i32*</tt>, returning an
Chris Lattner747359f2007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001902 <tt>i32</tt>.</td>
1903 </tr>
1904 <tr class="layout">
1905 <td class="left"><tt>i32 addrspace(5)*</tt></td>
1906 <td class="left">A <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> to an <tt>i32</tt> value
1907 that resides in address space #5.</td>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001908 </tr>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001909</table>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001910
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001911</div>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001912
Chris Lattnerc8cb6952004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001913<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer404a3252007-02-15 03:07:05 +00001914<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_vector">Vector Type</a> </div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001915
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001916<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001917
Chris Lattnerc8cb6952004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001918<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001919<p>A vector type is a simple derived type that represents a vector of elements.
1920 Vector types are used when multiple primitive data are operated in parallel
1921 using a single instruction (SIMD). A vector type requires a size (number of
Duncan Sands31c0e0e2009-11-27 13:38:03 +00001922 elements) and an underlying primitive data type. Vector types are considered
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001923 <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001924
Chris Lattnerc8cb6952004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001925<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001926<pre>
1927 &lt; &lt;# elements&gt; x &lt;elementtype&gt; &gt;
1928</pre>
1929
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001930<p>The number of elements is a constant integer value; elementtype may be any
1931 integer or floating point type.</p>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001932
Chris Lattnerc8cb6952004-08-12 19:12:28 +00001933<h5>Examples:</h5>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001934<table class="layout">
1935 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner747359f2007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001936 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;4 x i32&gt;</tt></td>
1937 <td class="left">Vector of 4 32-bit integer values.</td>
1938 </tr>
1939 <tr class="layout">
1940 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;8 x float&gt;</tt></td>
1941 <td class="left">Vector of 8 32-bit floating-point values.</td>
1942 </tr>
1943 <tr class="layout">
1944 <td class="left"><tt>&lt;2 x i64&gt;</tt></td>
1945 <td class="left">Vector of 2 64-bit integer values.</td>
Reid Spencerc3c4c4f2004-11-01 08:19:36 +00001946 </tr>
1947</table>
Dan Gohman142ccc02009-01-24 15:58:40 +00001948
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00001949</div>
1950
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001951<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
1952<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="t_opaque">Opaque Type</a> </div>
1953<div class="doc_text">
1954
1955<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001956<p>Opaque types are used to represent unknown types in the system. This
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001957 corresponds (for example) to the C notion of a forward declared structure
1958 type. In LLVM, opaque types can eventually be resolved to any type (not just
1959 a structure type).</p>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001960
1961<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001962<pre>
1963 opaque
1964</pre>
1965
1966<h5>Examples:</h5>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001967<table class="layout">
1968 <tr class="layout">
Chris Lattner747359f2007-12-19 05:04:11 +00001969 <td class="left"><tt>opaque</tt></td>
1970 <td class="left">An opaque type.</td>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001971 </tr>
1972</table>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001973
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00001974</div>
1975
Chris Lattnercf7a5842009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001976<!-- ======================================================================= -->
1977<div class="doc_subsection">
1978 <a name="t_uprefs">Type Up-references</a>
1979</div>
1980
1981<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001982
Chris Lattnercf7a5842009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001983<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001984<p>An "up reference" allows you to refer to a lexically enclosing type without
1985 requiring it to have a name. For instance, a structure declaration may
1986 contain a pointer to any of the types it is lexically a member of. Example
1987 of up references (with their equivalent as named type declarations)
1988 include:</p>
Chris Lattnercf7a5842009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001989
1990<pre>
Chris Lattnerbf1d5452009-02-09 10:00:56 +00001991 { \2 * } %x = type { %x* }
Chris Lattnercf7a5842009-02-02 07:32:36 +00001992 { \2 }* %y = type { %y }*
1993 \1* %z = type %z*
1994</pre>
1995
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00001996<p>An up reference is needed by the asmprinter for printing out cyclic types
1997 when there is no declared name for a type in the cycle. Because the
1998 asmprinter does not want to print out an infinite type string, it needs a
1999 syntax to handle recursive types that have no names (all names are optional
2000 in llvm IR).</p>
Chris Lattnercf7a5842009-02-02 07:32:36 +00002001
2002<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2003<pre>
2004 \&lt;level&gt;
2005</pre>
2006
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002007<p>The level is the count of the lexical type that is being referred to.</p>
Chris Lattnercf7a5842009-02-02 07:32:36 +00002008
2009<h5>Examples:</h5>
Chris Lattnercf7a5842009-02-02 07:32:36 +00002010<table class="layout">
2011 <tr class="layout">
2012 <td class="left"><tt>\1*</tt></td>
2013 <td class="left">Self-referential pointer.</td>
2014 </tr>
2015 <tr class="layout">
2016 <td class="left"><tt>{ { \3*, i8 }, i32 }</tt></td>
2017 <td class="left">Recursive structure where the upref refers to the out-most
2018 structure.</td>
2019 </tr>
2020</table>
Chris Lattnercf7a5842009-02-02 07:32:36 +00002021
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002022</div>
Chris Lattner37b6b092005-04-25 17:34:15 +00002023
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002024<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2025<div class="doc_section"> <a name="constants">Constants</a> </div>
2026<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2027
2028<div class="doc_text">
2029
2030<p>LLVM has several different basic types of constants. This section describes
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002031 them all and their syntax.</p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002032
2033</div>
2034
2035<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencer8f08d802004-12-09 18:02:53 +00002036<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="simpleconstants">Simple Constants</a></div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002037
2038<div class="doc_text">
2039
2040<dl>
2041 <dt><b>Boolean constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002042 <dd>The two strings '<tt>true</tt>' and '<tt>false</tt>' are both valid
Nick Lewycky84a1eeb2009-09-27 00:45:11 +00002043 constants of the <tt><a href="#t_integer">i1</a></tt> type.</dd>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002044
2045 <dt><b>Integer constants</b></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002046 <dd>Standard integers (such as '4') are constants of
2047 the <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. Negative numbers may be used
2048 with integer types.</dd>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002049
2050 <dt><b>Floating point constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002051 <dd>Floating point constants use standard decimal notation (e.g. 123.421),
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002052 exponential notation (e.g. 1.23421e+2), or a more precise hexadecimal
2053 notation (see below). The assembler requires the exact decimal value of a
2054 floating-point constant. For example, the assembler accepts 1.25 but
2055 rejects 1.3 because 1.3 is a repeating decimal in binary. Floating point
2056 constants must have a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. </dd>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002057
2058 <dt><b>Null pointer constants</b></dt>
John Criswelldfe6a862004-12-10 15:51:16 +00002059 <dd>The identifier '<tt>null</tt>' is recognized as a null pointer constant
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002060 and must be of <a href="#t_pointer">pointer type</a>.</dd>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002061</dl>
2062
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002063<p>The one non-intuitive notation for constants is the hexadecimal form of
2064 floating point constants. For example, the form '<tt>double
2065 0x432ff973cafa8000</tt>' is equivalent to (but harder to read than)
2066 '<tt>double 4.5e+15</tt>'. The only time hexadecimal floating point
2067 constants are required (and the only time that they are generated by the
2068 disassembler) is when a floating point constant must be emitted but it cannot
2069 be represented as a decimal floating point number in a reasonable number of
2070 digits. For example, NaN's, infinities, and other special values are
2071 represented in their IEEE hexadecimal format so that assembly and disassembly
2072 do not cause any bits to change in the constants.</p>
2073
Dale Johannesencd4a3012009-02-11 22:14:51 +00002074<p>When using the hexadecimal form, constants of types float and double are
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002075 represented using the 16-digit form shown above (which matches the IEEE754
2076 representation for double); float values must, however, be exactly
2077 representable as IEE754 single precision. Hexadecimal format is always used
2078 for long double, and there are three forms of long double. The 80-bit format
2079 used by x86 is represented as <tt>0xK</tt> followed by 20 hexadecimal digits.
2080 The 128-bit format used by PowerPC (two adjacent doubles) is represented
2081 by <tt>0xM</tt> followed by 32 hexadecimal digits. The IEEE 128-bit format
2082 is represented by <tt>0xL</tt> followed by 32 hexadecimal digits; no
2083 currently supported target uses this format. Long doubles will only work if
2084 they match the long double format on your target. All hexadecimal formats
2085 are big-endian (sign bit at the left).</p>
2086
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002087</div>
2088
2089<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner361bfcd2009-02-28 18:32:25 +00002090<div class="doc_subsection">
Bill Wendling972b7202009-07-20 02:32:41 +00002091<a name="aggregateconstants"></a> <!-- old anchor -->
2092<a name="complexconstants">Complex Constants</a>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002093</div>
2094
2095<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002096
Chris Lattner361bfcd2009-02-28 18:32:25 +00002097<p>Complex constants are a (potentially recursive) combination of simple
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002098 constants and smaller complex constants.</p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002099
2100<dl>
2101 <dt><b>Structure constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002102 <dd>Structure constants are represented with notation similar to structure
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002103 type definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by braces
2104 (<tt>{}</tt>)). For example: "<tt>{ i32 4, float 17.0, i32* @G }</tt>",
2105 where "<tt>@G</tt>" is declared as "<tt>@G = external global i32</tt>".
2106 Structure constants must have <a href="#t_struct">structure type</a>, and
2107 the number and types of elements must match those specified by the
2108 type.</dd>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002109
Chris Lattner392be582010-02-12 20:49:41 +00002110 <dt><b>Union constants</b></dt>
2111 <dd>Union constants are represented with notation similar to a structure with
2112 a single element - that is, a single typed element surrounded
2113 by braces (<tt>{}</tt>)). For example: "<tt>{ i32 4 }</tt>". The
2114 <a href="#t_union">union type</a> can be initialized with a single-element
2115 struct as long as the type of the struct element matches the type of
2116 one of the union members.</dd>
2117
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002118 <dt><b>Array constants</b></dt>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002119 <dd>Array constants are represented with notation similar to array type
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002120 definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by square
2121 brackets (<tt>[]</tt>)). For example: "<tt>[ i32 42, i32 11, i32 74
2122 ]</tt>". Array constants must have <a href="#t_array">array type</a>, and
2123 the number and types of elements must match those specified by the
2124 type.</dd>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002125
Reid Spencer404a3252007-02-15 03:07:05 +00002126 <dt><b>Vector constants</b></dt>
Reid Spencer404a3252007-02-15 03:07:05 +00002127 <dd>Vector constants are represented with notation similar to vector type
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002128 definitions (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by
2129 less-than/greater-than's (<tt>&lt;&gt;</tt>)). For example: "<tt>&lt; i32
2130 42, i32 11, i32 74, i32 100 &gt;</tt>". Vector constants must
2131 have <a href="#t_vector">vector type</a>, and the number and types of
2132 elements must match those specified by the type.</dd>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002133
2134 <dt><b>Zero initialization</b></dt>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002135 <dd>The string '<tt>zeroinitializer</tt>' can be used to zero initialize a
Chris Lattner392be582010-02-12 20:49:41 +00002136 value to zero of <em>any</em> type, including scalar and
2137 <a href="#t_aggregate">aggregate</a> types.
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002138 This is often used to avoid having to print large zero initializers
2139 (e.g. for large arrays) and is always exactly equivalent to using explicit
2140 zero initializers.</dd>
Nick Lewycky49f89192009-04-04 07:22:01 +00002141
2142 <dt><b>Metadata node</b></dt>
Nick Lewycky8e2c4f42009-05-30 16:08:30 +00002143 <dd>A metadata node is a structure-like constant with
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002144 <a href="#t_metadata">metadata type</a>. For example: "<tt>metadata !{
2145 i32 0, metadata !"test" }</tt>". Unlike other constants that are meant to
2146 be interpreted as part of the instruction stream, metadata is a place to
2147 attach additional information such as debug info.</dd>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002148</dl>
2149
2150</div>
2151
2152<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2153<div class="doc_subsection">
2154 <a name="globalconstants">Global Variable and Function Addresses</a>
2155</div>
2156
2157<div class="doc_text">
2158
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002159<p>The addresses of <a href="#globalvars">global variables</a>
2160 and <a href="#functionstructure">functions</a> are always implicitly valid
2161 (link-time) constants. These constants are explicitly referenced when
2162 the <a href="#identifiers">identifier for the global</a> is used and always
2163 have <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type. For example, the following is a
2164 legal LLVM file:</p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002165
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002166<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002167<pre>
Chris Lattner00538a12007-06-06 18:28:13 +00002168@X = global i32 17
2169@Y = global i32 42
2170@Z = global [2 x i32*] [ i32* @X, i32* @Y ]
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002171</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002172</div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002173
2174</div>
2175
2176<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencer641f5c92004-12-09 18:13:12 +00002177<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="undefvalues">Undefined Values</a></div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002178<div class="doc_text">
2179
Chris Lattnerec72b9b2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002180<p>The string '<tt>undef</tt>' can be used anywhere a constant is expected, and
Benjamin Kramer0f420382009-10-12 14:46:08 +00002181 indicates that the user of the value may receive an unspecified bit-pattern.
Chris Lattnerec72b9b2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002182 Undefined values may be of any type (other than label or void) and be used
2183 anywhere a constant is permitted.</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002184
Chris Lattner92ada5d2009-09-11 01:49:31 +00002185<p>Undefined values are useful because they indicate to the compiler that the
Chris Lattnerec72b9b2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002186 program is well defined no matter what value is used. This gives the
2187 compiler more freedom to optimize. Here are some examples of (potentially
2188 surprising) transformations that are valid (in pseudo IR):</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002189
Chris Lattnerec72b9b2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002190
2191<div class="doc_code">
2192<pre>
2193 %A = add %X, undef
2194 %B = sub %X, undef
2195 %C = xor %X, undef
2196Safe:
2197 %A = undef
2198 %B = undef
2199 %C = undef
2200</pre>
2201</div>
2202
2203<p>This is safe because all of the output bits are affected by the undef bits.
2204Any output bit can have a zero or one depending on the input bits.</p>
2205
2206<div class="doc_code">
2207<pre>
2208 %A = or %X, undef
2209 %B = and %X, undef
2210Safe:
2211 %A = -1
2212 %B = 0
2213Unsafe:
2214 %A = undef
2215 %B = undef
2216</pre>
2217</div>
2218
2219<p>These logical operations have bits that are not always affected by the input.
2220For example, if "%X" has a zero bit, then the output of the 'and' operation will
2221always be a zero, no matter what the corresponding bit from the undef is. As
Chris Lattner92ada5d2009-09-11 01:49:31 +00002222such, it is unsafe to optimize or assume that the result of the and is undef.
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00002223However, it is safe to assume that all bits of the undef could be 0, and
2224optimize the and to 0. Likewise, it is safe to assume that all the bits of
2225the undef operand to the or could be set, allowing the or to be folded to
Chris Lattner92ada5d2009-09-11 01:49:31 +00002226-1.</p>
Chris Lattnerec72b9b2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002227
2228<div class="doc_code">
2229<pre>
2230 %A = select undef, %X, %Y
2231 %B = select undef, 42, %Y
2232 %C = select %X, %Y, undef
2233Safe:
2234 %A = %X (or %Y)
2235 %B = 42 (or %Y)
2236 %C = %Y
2237Unsafe:
2238 %A = undef
2239 %B = undef
2240 %C = undef
2241</pre>
2242</div>
2243
2244<p>This set of examples show that undefined select (and conditional branch)
2245conditions can go "either way" but they have to come from one of the two
2246operands. In the %A example, if %X and %Y were both known to have a clear low
2247bit, then %A would have to have a cleared low bit. However, in the %C example,
2248the optimizer is allowed to assume that the undef operand could be the same as
2249%Y, allowing the whole select to be eliminated.</p>
2250
2251
2252<div class="doc_code">
2253<pre>
2254 %A = xor undef, undef
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00002255
Chris Lattnerec72b9b2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002256 %B = undef
2257 %C = xor %B, %B
2258
2259 %D = undef
2260 %E = icmp lt %D, 4
2261 %F = icmp gte %D, 4
2262
2263Safe:
2264 %A = undef
2265 %B = undef
2266 %C = undef
2267 %D = undef
2268 %E = undef
2269 %F = undef
2270</pre>
2271</div>
2272
2273<p>This example points out that two undef operands are not necessarily the same.
2274This can be surprising to people (and also matches C semantics) where they
2275assume that "X^X" is always zero, even if X is undef. This isn't true for a
2276number of reasons, but the short answer is that an undef "variable" can
2277arbitrarily change its value over its "live range". This is true because the
2278"variable" doesn't actually <em>have a live range</em>. Instead, the value is
2279logically read from arbitrary registers that happen to be around when needed,
Benjamin Kramer0f420382009-10-12 14:46:08 +00002280so the value is not necessarily consistent over time. In fact, %A and %C need
Chris Lattner6760e542009-09-08 15:13:16 +00002281to have the same semantics or the core LLVM "replace all uses with" concept
Chris Lattnerec72b9b2009-09-07 22:52:39 +00002282would not hold.</p>
Chris Lattnera34a7182009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002283
2284<div class="doc_code">
2285<pre>
2286 %A = fdiv undef, %X
2287 %B = fdiv %X, undef
2288Safe:
2289 %A = undef
2290b: unreachable
2291</pre>
2292</div>
2293
2294<p>These examples show the crucial difference between an <em>undefined
2295value</em> and <em>undefined behavior</em>. An undefined value (like undef) is
2296allowed to have an arbitrary bit-pattern. This means that the %A operation
2297can be constant folded to undef because the undef could be an SNaN, and fdiv is
2298not (currently) defined on SNaN's. However, in the second example, we can make
2299a more aggressive assumption: because the undef is allowed to be an arbitrary
2300value, we are allowed to assume that it could be zero. Since a divide by zero
Chris Lattner10ff0c12009-09-08 19:45:34 +00002301has <em>undefined behavior</em>, we are allowed to assume that the operation
Chris Lattnera34a7182009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002302does not execute at all. This allows us to delete the divide and all code after
2303it: since the undefined operation "can't happen", the optimizer can assume that
2304it occurs in dead code.
2305</p>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00002306
Chris Lattnera34a7182009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002307<div class="doc_code">
2308<pre>
2309a: store undef -> %X
2310b: store %X -> undef
2311Safe:
2312a: &lt;deleted&gt;
2313b: unreachable
2314</pre>
2315</div>
2316
2317<p>These examples reiterate the fdiv example: a store "of" an undefined value
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00002318can be assumed to not have any effect: we can assume that the value is
Chris Lattnera34a7182009-09-07 23:33:52 +00002319overwritten with bits that happen to match what was already there. However, a
2320store "to" an undefined location could clobber arbitrary memory, therefore, it
2321has undefined behavior.</p>
2322
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002323</div>
2324
2325<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Dan Gohmanffc9a6b2010-04-22 23:14:21 +00002326<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="trapvalues">Trap Values</a></div>
2327<div class="doc_text">
2328
Dan Gohmanb2a709b2010-04-26 20:21:21 +00002329<p>Trap values are similar to <a href="#undefvalues">undef values</a>, however
Dan Gohmanffc9a6b2010-04-22 23:14:21 +00002330 instead of representing an unspecified bit pattern, they represent the
2331 fact that an instruction or constant expression which cannot evoke side
2332 effects has nevertheless detected a condition which results in undefined
Dan Gohmanb2a709b2010-04-26 20:21:21 +00002333 behavior.</p>
Dan Gohmanffc9a6b2010-04-22 23:14:21 +00002334
Dan Gohmanb8b85c12010-04-26 23:36:52 +00002335<p>Any value other than a non-intrinsic call, invoke, or phi with a trap
2336 operand has trap as its result value. Any instruction with
2337 a trap operand which may have side effects emits those side effects as
2338 if it had an undef operand instead. If the side effects are externally
2339 visible, the behavior is undefined.</p>
2340
2341<p>Trap values may be stored to memory; a load from memory including any
2342 part of a trap value results in a (full) trap value.</p>
2343
2344<p>For example:</p>
2345
2346<!-- FIXME: In the case of multiple threads, this only applies to loads from
2347 the same thread as the store, or loads which are sequenced after the
2348 store by synchronization. -->
2349
2350<div class="doc_code">
2351<pre>
2352%trap = sub nuw i32 0, 1 ; Results in a trap value.
2353%still_trap = and i32 %trap, 0 ; Whereas (and i32 undef, 0) would return 0.
2354%trap_yet_again = getelementptr i32* @h, i32 %still_trap
2355store i32 0, i32* %trap_yet_again ; undefined behavior
2356
2357volatile store i32 %trap, i32* @g ; External observation; undefined behavior.
2358%trap2 = load i32* @g ; Returns a trap value, not just undef.
2359%narrowaddr = bitcast i32* @g to i16*
2360%wideaddr = bitcast i32* @g to i64*
2361%trap3 = load 16* %narrowaddr ; Returns a trap value
2362%trap4 = load i64* %widaddr ; Returns a trap value, not partial trap.
2363</pre>
2364</div>
Dan Gohmanffc9a6b2010-04-22 23:14:21 +00002365
Dan Gohman48a25882010-04-26 20:54:53 +00002366<p>If a <a href="#i_br"><tt>br</tt></a> or
2367 <a href="#i_switch"><tt>switch</tt></a> instruction has a trap value
2368 operand, all non-phi non-void instructions which control-depend on it
Dan Gohmanb8b85c12010-04-26 23:36:52 +00002369 have trap as their result value. A <a href="#i_phi"><tt>phi</tt></a>
2370 node with an incoming value associated with a control edge which is
2371 control-dependent on it has trap as its result value when control is
2372 transferred from that block. If any instruction which control-depends
2373 on the <tt>br</tt> or <tt>switch</tt> invokes externally visible side
2374 effects, the behavior of the program is undefined. For example:</p>
Dan Gohman48a25882010-04-26 20:54:53 +00002375
2376<!-- FIXME: What about exceptions thrown from control-dependent instrs? -->
2377
Dan Gohmanb8b85c12010-04-26 23:36:52 +00002378<div class="doc_code">
2379<pre>
2380entry:
2381 %trap = sub nuw i32 0, 1 ; Results in a trap value.
2382 %cmp = icmp i32 slt %trap, 0 ; Still trap.
2383 %br i1 %cmp, %true, %end ; Branch to either destination.
2384
2385true:
2386 volatile store i32 0, i32* @g ; Externally visible side effects
2387 ; control-dependent on %cmp.
2388 ; Undefined behavior.
2389 br label %end
2390
2391end:
2392 %p = phi i32 [ 0, %entry ], [ 1, %true ]
2393 ; Both edges into this PHI are
2394 ; control-dependent on %cmp, so this
2395 ; results in a trap value.
2396
2397 volatile store i32 0, i32* @g ; %end is control-equivalent to %entry
2398 ; so this is defined (ignoring earlier
2399 ; undefined behavior in this example).
2400
2401</pre>
2402</div>
Dan Gohmanffc9a6b2010-04-22 23:14:21 +00002403
2404<p>There is currently no way of representing a trap constant in the IR; they
2405 only exist when produced by certain instructions, such as an
2406 <a href="#i_add"><tt>add</tt></a> with the <tt>nsw</tt> flag
2407 set, when overflow occurs.</p>
2408
2409</div>
2410
2411<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner2bfd3202009-10-27 21:19:13 +00002412<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="blockaddress">Addresses of Basic
2413 Blocks</a></div>
Chris Lattnere4801f72009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002414<div class="doc_text">
2415
Chris Lattneraa99c942009-11-01 01:27:45 +00002416<p><b><tt>blockaddress(@function, %block)</tt></b></p>
Chris Lattnere4801f72009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002417
2418<p>The '<tt>blockaddress</tt>' constant computes the address of the specified
Chris Lattner5c5f0ac2009-10-27 21:49:40 +00002419 basic block in the specified function, and always has an i8* type. Taking
Chris Lattneraa99c942009-11-01 01:27:45 +00002420 the address of the entry block is illegal.</p>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00002421
Chris Lattnere4801f72009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002422<p>This value only has defined behavior when used as an operand to the
Chris Lattnerd04cb6d2009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002423 '<a href="#i_indirectbr"><tt>indirectbr</tt></a>' instruction or for comparisons
Chris Lattnere4801f72009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002424 against null. Pointer equality tests between labels addresses is undefined
2425 behavior - though, again, comparison against null is ok, and no label is
Chris Lattner2bfd3202009-10-27 21:19:13 +00002426 equal to the null pointer. This may also be passed around as an opaque
2427 pointer sized value as long as the bits are not inspected. This allows
Chris Lattnerda37b302009-10-27 21:44:20 +00002428 <tt>ptrtoint</tt> and arithmetic to be performed on these values so long as
Chris Lattnerd04cb6d2009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002429 the original value is reconstituted before the <tt>indirectbr</tt>.</p>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00002430
Chris Lattner2bfd3202009-10-27 21:19:13 +00002431<p>Finally, some targets may provide defined semantics when
Chris Lattnere4801f72009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002432 using the value as the operand to an inline assembly, but that is target
2433 specific.
2434 </p>
2435
2436</div>
2437
2438
2439<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002440<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="constantexprs">Constant Expressions</a>
2441</div>
2442
2443<div class="doc_text">
2444
2445<p>Constant expressions are used to allow expressions involving other constants
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002446 to be used as constants. Constant expressions may be of
2447 any <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type and may involve any LLVM
2448 operation that does not have side effects (e.g. load and call are not
2449 supported). The following is the syntax for constant expressions:</p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002450
2451<dl>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002452 <dt><b><tt>trunc ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002453 <dd>Truncate a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be larger
2454 than the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be integers.</dd>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002455
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002456 <dt><b><tt>zext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002457 <dd>Zero extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
2458 smaller or equal to the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be
2459 integers.</dd>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002460
2461 <dt><b><tt>sext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002462 <dd>Sign extend a constant to another type. The bit size of CST must be
2463 smaller or equal to the bit size of TYPE. Both types must be
2464 integers.</dd>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002465
2466 <dt><b><tt>fptrunc ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002467 <dd>Truncate a floating point constant to another floating point type. The
2468 size of CST must be larger than the size of TYPE. Both types must be
2469 floating point.</dd>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002470
2471 <dt><b><tt>fpext ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002472 <dd>Floating point extend a constant to another type. The size of CST must be
2473 smaller or equal to the size of TYPE. Both types must be floating
2474 point.</dd>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002475
Reid Spencer753163d2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00002476 <dt><b><tt>fptoui ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002477 <dd>Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding unsigned integer
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002478 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector integer type. CST must be of
2479 scalar or vector floating point type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars,
2480 or vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2481 integer type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002482
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002483 <dt><b><tt>fptosi ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002484 <dd>Convert a floating point constant to the corresponding signed integer
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002485 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector integer type. CST must be of
2486 scalar or vector floating point type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars,
2487 or vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2488 integer type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002489
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002490 <dt><b><tt>uitofp ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002491 <dd>Convert an unsigned integer constant to the corresponding floating point
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002492 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector floating point type. CST must be
2493 of scalar or vector integer type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or
2494 vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2495 floating point type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002496
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00002497 <dt><b><tt>sitofp ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002498 <dd>Convert a signed integer constant to the corresponding floating point
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002499 constant. TYPE must be a scalar or vector floating point type. CST must be
2500 of scalar or vector integer type. Both CST and TYPE must be scalars, or
2501 vectors of the same number of elements. If the value won't fit in the
2502 floating point type, the results are undefined.</dd>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00002503
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +00002504 <dt><b><tt>ptrtoint ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
2505 <dd>Convert a pointer typed constant to the corresponding integer constant
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002506 <tt>TYPE</tt> must be an integer type. <tt>CST</tt> must be of pointer
2507 type. The <tt>CST</tt> value is zero extended, truncated, or unchanged to
2508 make it fit in <tt>TYPE</tt>.</dd>
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +00002509
2510 <dt><b><tt>inttoptr ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002511 <dd>Convert a integer constant to a pointer constant. TYPE must be a pointer
2512 type. CST must be of integer type. The CST value is zero extended,
2513 truncated, or unchanged to make it fit in a pointer size. This one is
2514 <i>really</i> dangerous!</dd>
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +00002515
2516 <dt><b><tt>bitcast ( CST to TYPE )</tt></b></dt>
Chris Lattner789dee32009-02-28 18:27:03 +00002517 <dd>Convert a constant, CST, to another TYPE. The constraints of the operands
2518 are the same as those for the <a href="#i_bitcast">bitcast
2519 instruction</a>.</dd>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002520
2521 <dt><b><tt>getelementptr ( CSTPTR, IDX0, IDX1, ... )</tt></b></dt>
Dan Gohman1639c392009-07-27 21:53:46 +00002522 <dt><b><tt>getelementptr inbounds ( CSTPTR, IDX0, IDX1, ... )</tt></b></dt>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002523 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr operation</a> on
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002524 constants. As with the <a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a>
2525 instruction, the index list may have zero or more indexes, which are
2526 required to make sense for the type of "CSTPTR".</dd>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002527
Robert Bocchino7e97a6d2006-01-10 19:31:34 +00002528 <dt><b><tt>select ( COND, VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002529 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_select">select operation</a> on constants.</dd>
Reid Spencer9965ee72006-12-04 19:23:19 +00002530
2531 <dt><b><tt>icmp COND ( VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
2532 <dd>Performs the <a href="#i_icmp">icmp operation</a> on constants.</dd>
2533
2534 <dt><b><tt>fcmp COND ( VAL1, VAL2 )</tt></b></dt>
2535 <dd>Performs the <a href="#i_fcmp">fcmp operation</a> on constants.</dd>
Robert Bocchino7e97a6d2006-01-10 19:31:34 +00002536
2537 <dt><b><tt>extractelement ( VAL, IDX )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002538 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_extractelement">extractelement operation</a> on
2539 constants.</dd>
Robert Bocchino7e97a6d2006-01-10 19:31:34 +00002540
Robert Bocchinof72fdfe2006-01-15 20:48:27 +00002541 <dt><b><tt>insertelement ( VAL, ELT, IDX )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002542 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_insertelement">insertelement operation</a> on
2543 constants.</dd>
Chris Lattner016a0e52006-04-08 00:13:41 +00002544
2545 <dt><b><tt>shufflevector ( VEC1, VEC2, IDXMASK )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002546 <dd>Perform the <a href="#i_shufflevector">shufflevector operation</a> on
2547 constants.</dd>
Chris Lattner016a0e52006-04-08 00:13:41 +00002548
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002549 <dt><b><tt>OPCODE ( LHS, RHS )</tt></b></dt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002550 <dd>Perform the specified operation of the LHS and RHS constants. OPCODE may
2551 be any of the <a href="#binaryops">binary</a>
2552 or <a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise binary</a> operations. The constraints
2553 on operands are the same as those for the corresponding instruction
2554 (e.g. no bitwise operations on floating point values are allowed).</dd>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002555</dl>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002556
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002557</div>
Chris Lattnerb1652612004-03-08 16:49:10 +00002558
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002559<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002560<div class="doc_section"> <a name="othervalues">Other Values</a> </div>
2561<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2562
2563<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2564<div class="doc_subsection">
2565<a name="inlineasm">Inline Assembler Expressions</a>
2566</div>
2567
2568<div class="doc_text">
2569
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002570<p>LLVM supports inline assembler expressions (as opposed
2571 to <a href="#moduleasm"> Module-Level Inline Assembly</a>) through the use of
2572 a special value. This value represents the inline assembler as a string
2573 (containing the instructions to emit), a list of operand constraints (stored
Dale Johannesen63c94fe2009-10-13 21:56:55 +00002574 as a string), a flag that indicates whether or not the inline asm
Dale Johannesen1cfb9582009-10-21 23:28:00 +00002575 expression has side effects, and a flag indicating whether the function
2576 containing the asm needs to align its stack conservatively. An example
2577 inline assembler expression is:</p>
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002578
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002579<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002580<pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002581i32 (i32) asm "bswap $0", "=r,r"
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002582</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002583</div>
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002584
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002585<p>Inline assembler expressions may <b>only</b> be used as the callee operand of
2586 a <a href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt> instruction</a>. Thus, typically we
2587 have:</p>
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002588
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002589<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002590<pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002591%X = call i32 asm "<a href="#int_bswap">bswap</a> $0", "=r,r"(i32 %Y)
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002592</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002593</div>
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002594
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002595<p>Inline asms with side effects not visible in the constraint list must be
2596 marked as having side effects. This is done through the use of the
2597 '<tt>sideeffect</tt>' keyword, like so:</p>
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002598
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002599<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002600<pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002601call void asm sideeffect "eieio", ""()
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002602</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00002603</div>
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002604
Dale Johannesen1cfb9582009-10-21 23:28:00 +00002605<p>In some cases inline asms will contain code that will not work unless the
2606 stack is aligned in some way, such as calls or SSE instructions on x86,
2607 yet will not contain code that does that alignment within the asm.
2608 The compiler should make conservative assumptions about what the asm might
2609 contain and should generate its usual stack alignment code in the prologue
2610 if the '<tt>alignstack</tt>' keyword is present:</p>
Dale Johannesen63c94fe2009-10-13 21:56:55 +00002611
2612<div class="doc_code">
2613<pre>
Dale Johannesen1cfb9582009-10-21 23:28:00 +00002614call void asm alignstack "eieio", ""()
Dale Johannesen63c94fe2009-10-13 21:56:55 +00002615</pre>
2616</div>
2617
2618<p>If both keywords appear the '<tt>sideeffect</tt>' keyword must come
2619 first.</p>
2620
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002621<p>TODO: The format of the asm and constraints string still need to be
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002622 documented here. Constraints on what can be done (e.g. duplication, moving,
2623 etc need to be documented). This is probably best done by reference to
2624 another document that covers inline asm from a holistic perspective.</p>
Chris Lattner51065562010-04-07 05:38:05 +00002625</div>
2626
2627<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2628<a name="inlineasm_md">Inline Asm Metadata</a>
2629</div>
2630
2631<div class="doc_text">
2632
2633<p>The call instructions that wrap inline asm nodes may have a "!srcloc" MDNode
2634 attached to it that contains a constant integer. If present, the code
2635 generator will use the integer as the location cookie value when report
2636 errors through the LLVMContext error reporting mechanisms. This allows a
2637 front-end to corrolate backend errors that occur with inline asm back to the
2638 source code that produced it. For example:</p>
2639
2640<div class="doc_code">
2641<pre>
2642call void asm sideeffect "something bad", ""()<b>, !srcloc !42</b>
2643...
2644!42 = !{ i32 1234567 }
2645</pre>
2646</div>
2647
2648<p>It is up to the front-end to make sense of the magic numbers it places in the
2649 IR.</p>
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002650
2651</div>
2652
Chris Lattnerc2f8f162010-01-15 21:50:19 +00002653<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2654<div class="doc_subsection"><a name="metadata">Metadata Nodes and Metadata
2655 Strings</a>
2656</div>
2657
2658<div class="doc_text">
2659
2660<p>LLVM IR allows metadata to be attached to instructions in the program that
2661 can convey extra information about the code to the optimizers and code
2662 generator. One example application of metadata is source-level debug
2663 information. There are two metadata primitives: strings and nodes. All
2664 metadata has the <tt>metadata</tt> type and is identified in syntax by a
2665 preceding exclamation point ('<tt>!</tt>').</p>
2666
2667<p>A metadata string is a string surrounded by double quotes. It can contain
2668 any character by escaping non-printable characters with "\xx" where "xx" is
2669 the two digit hex code. For example: "<tt>!"test\00"</tt>".</p>
2670
2671<p>Metadata nodes are represented with notation similar to structure constants
2672 (a comma separated list of elements, surrounded by braces and preceded by an
2673 exclamation point). For example: "<tt>!{ metadata !"test\00", i32
2674 10}</tt>". Metadata nodes can have any values as their operand.</p>
2675
2676<p>A <a href="#namedmetadatastructure">named metadata</a> is a collection of
2677 metadata nodes, which can be looked up in the module symbol table. For
2678 example: "<tt>!foo = metadata !{!4, !3}</tt>".
2679
Devang Patel9984bd62010-03-04 23:44:48 +00002680<p>Metadata can be used as function arguments. Here <tt>llvm.dbg.value</tt>
2681 function is using two metadata arguments.
2682
2683 <div class="doc_code">
2684 <pre>
2685 call void @llvm.dbg.value(metadata !24, i64 0, metadata !25)
2686 </pre>
2687 </div></p>
2688
2689<p>Metadata can be attached with an instruction. Here metadata <tt>!21</tt> is
2690 attached with <tt>add</tt> instruction using <tt>!dbg</tt> identifier.
2691
2692 <div class="doc_code">
2693 <pre>
2694 %indvar.next = add i64 %indvar, 1, !dbg !21
2695 </pre>
2696 </div></p>
Chris Lattnerc2f8f162010-01-15 21:50:19 +00002697</div>
2698
Chris Lattnerae76db52009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002699
2700<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2701<div class="doc_section">
2702 <a name="intrinsic_globals">Intrinsic Global Variables</a>
2703</div>
2704<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
2705
2706<p>LLVM has a number of "magic" global variables that contain data that affect
2707code generation or other IR semantics. These are documented here. All globals
Chris Lattner58f9bb22009-07-20 06:14:25 +00002708of this sort should have a section specified as "<tt>llvm.metadata</tt>". This
2709section and all globals that start with "<tt>llvm.</tt>" are reserved for use
2710by LLVM.</p>
Chris Lattnerae76db52009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002711
2712<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2713<div class="doc_subsection">
2714<a name="intg_used">The '<tt>llvm.used</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2715</div>
2716
2717<div class="doc_text">
2718
2719<p>The <tt>@llvm.used</tt> global is an array with i8* element type which has <a
2720href="#linkage_appending">appending linkage</a>. This array contains a list of
2721pointers to global variables and functions which may optionally have a pointer
2722cast formed of bitcast or getelementptr. For example, a legal use of it is:</p>
2723
2724<pre>
2725 @X = global i8 4
2726 @Y = global i32 123
2727
2728 @llvm.used = appending global [2 x i8*] [
2729 i8* @X,
2730 i8* bitcast (i32* @Y to i8*)
2731 ], section "llvm.metadata"
2732</pre>
2733
2734<p>If a global variable appears in the <tt>@llvm.used</tt> list, then the
2735compiler, assembler, and linker are required to treat the symbol as if there is
2736a reference to the global that it cannot see. For example, if a variable has
2737internal linkage and no references other than that from the <tt>@llvm.used</tt>
2738list, it cannot be deleted. This is commonly used to represent references from
2739inline asms and other things the compiler cannot "see", and corresponds to
2740"attribute((used))" in GNU C.</p>
2741
2742<p>On some targets, the code generator must emit a directive to the assembler or
2743object file to prevent the assembler and linker from molesting the symbol.</p>
2744
2745</div>
2746
2747<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2748<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner58f9bb22009-07-20 06:14:25 +00002749<a name="intg_compiler_used">The '<tt>llvm.compiler.used</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2750</div>
2751
2752<div class="doc_text">
2753
2754<p>The <tt>@llvm.compiler.used</tt> directive is the same as the
2755<tt>@llvm.used</tt> directive, except that it only prevents the compiler from
2756touching the symbol. On targets that support it, this allows an intelligent
2757linker to optimize references to the symbol without being impeded as it would be
2758by <tt>@llvm.used</tt>.</p>
2759
2760<p>This is a rare construct that should only be used in rare circumstances, and
2761should not be exposed to source languages.</p>
2762
2763</div>
2764
2765<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2766<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerae76db52009-07-20 05:55:19 +00002767<a name="intg_global_ctors">The '<tt>llvm.global_ctors</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2768</div>
2769
2770<div class="doc_text">
2771
2772<p>TODO: Describe this.</p>
2773
2774</div>
2775
2776<!-- ======================================================================= -->
2777<div class="doc_subsection">
2778<a name="intg_global_dtors">The '<tt>llvm.global_dtors</tt>' Global Variable</a>
2779</div>
2780
2781<div class="doc_text">
2782
2783<p>TODO: Describe this.</p>
2784
2785</div>
2786
2787
Chris Lattner98f013c2006-01-25 23:47:57 +00002788<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002789<div class="doc_section"> <a name="instref">Instruction Reference</a> </div>
2790<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002791
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002792<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002793
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002794<p>The LLVM instruction set consists of several different classifications of
2795 instructions: <a href="#terminators">terminator
2796 instructions</a>, <a href="#binaryops">binary instructions</a>,
2797 <a href="#bitwiseops">bitwise binary instructions</a>,
2798 <a href="#memoryops">memory instructions</a>, and
2799 <a href="#otherops">other instructions</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002800
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002801</div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002802
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002803<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002804<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="terminators">Terminator
2805Instructions</a> </div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002806
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002807<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002808
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002809<p>As mentioned <a href="#functionstructure">previously</a>, every basic block
2810 in a program ends with a "Terminator" instruction, which indicates which
2811 block should be executed after the current block is finished. These
2812 terminator instructions typically yield a '<tt>void</tt>' value: they produce
2813 control flow, not values (the one exception being the
2814 '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction).</p>
2815
Duncan Sands626b0242010-04-15 20:35:54 +00002816<p>There are seven different terminator instructions: the
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002817 '<a href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a>' instruction, the
2818 '<a href="#i_br"><tt>br</tt></a>' instruction, the
2819 '<a href="#i_switch"><tt>switch</tt></a>' instruction, the
Bill Wendling33fef7e2009-11-02 00:25:26 +00002820 '<a href="#i_indirectbr">'<tt>indirectbr</tt></a>' Instruction, the
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002821 '<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>' instruction, the
2822 '<a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>' instruction, and the
2823 '<a href="#i_unreachable"><tt>unreachable</tt></a>' instruction.</p>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002824
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002825</div>
Chris Lattner74d3f822004-12-09 17:30:23 +00002826
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002827<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002828<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_ret">'<tt>ret</tt>'
2829Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002830
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002831<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002832
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002833<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmancc3132e2008-10-04 19:00:07 +00002834<pre>
2835 ret &lt;type&gt; &lt;value&gt; <i>; Return a value from a non-void function</i>
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00002836 ret void <i>; Return from void function</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002837</pre>
Chris Lattnerda508ac2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002838
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002839<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002840<p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is used to return control flow (and optionally
2841 a value) from a function back to the caller.</p>
2842
2843<p>There are two forms of the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction: one that returns a
2844 value and then causes control flow, and one that just causes control flow to
2845 occur.</p>
Chris Lattnerda508ac2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002846
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002847<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002848<p>The '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction optionally accepts a single argument, the
2849 return value. The type of the return value must be a
2850 '<a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a>' type.</p>
Dan Gohmancc3132e2008-10-04 19:00:07 +00002851
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002852<p>A function is not <a href="#wellformed">well formed</a> if it it has a
2853 non-void return type and contains a '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction with no return
2854 value or a return value with a type that does not match its type, or if it
2855 has a void return type and contains a '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction with a
2856 return value.</p>
Chris Lattnerda508ac2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002857
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002858<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002859<p>When the '<tt>ret</tt>' instruction is executed, control flow returns back to
2860 the calling function's context. If the caller is a
2861 "<a href="#i_call"><tt>call</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues at the
2862 instruction after the call. If the caller was an
2863 "<a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a>" instruction, execution continues at
2864 the beginning of the "normal" destination block. If the instruction returns
2865 a value, that value shall set the call or invoke instruction's return
2866 value.</p>
Chris Lattnerda508ac2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002867
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002868<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerda508ac2008-04-23 04:59:35 +00002869<pre>
2870 ret i32 5 <i>; Return an integer value of 5</i>
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00002871 ret void <i>; Return from a void function</i>
Bill Wendling050ee8f2009-02-28 22:12:54 +00002872 ret { i32, i8 } { i32 4, i8 2 } <i>; Return a struct of values 4 and 2</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002873</pre>
Dan Gohman3065b612009-01-12 23:12:39 +00002874
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002875</div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002876<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002877<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_br">'<tt>br</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002878
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002879<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002880
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002881<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002882<pre>
2883 br i1 &lt;cond&gt;, label &lt;iftrue&gt;, label &lt;iffalse&gt;<br> br label &lt;dest&gt; <i>; Unconditional branch</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002884</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002885
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002886<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002887<p>The '<tt>br</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to transfer to a
2888 different basic block in the current function. There are two forms of this
2889 instruction, corresponding to a conditional branch and an unconditional
2890 branch.</p>
2891
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002892<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002893<p>The conditional branch form of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a single
2894 '<tt>i1</tt>' value and two '<tt>label</tt>' values. The unconditional form
2895 of the '<tt>br</tt>' instruction takes a single '<tt>label</tt>' value as a
2896 target.</p>
2897
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002898<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer36a15422007-01-12 03:35:51 +00002899<p>Upon execution of a conditional '<tt>br</tt>' instruction, the '<tt>i1</tt>'
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002900 argument is evaluated. If the value is <tt>true</tt>, control flows to the
2901 '<tt>iftrue</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument. If "cond" is <tt>false</tt>,
2902 control flows to the '<tt>iffalse</tt>' <tt>label</tt> argument.</p>
2903
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002904<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendling30235112009-07-20 02:39:26 +00002905<pre>
2906Test:
2907 %cond = <a href="#i_icmp">icmp</a> eq i32 %a, %b
2908 br i1 %cond, label %IfEqual, label %IfUnequal
2909IfEqual:
2910 <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 1
2911IfUnequal:
2912 <a href="#i_ret">ret</a> i32 0
2913</pre>
2914
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002915</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002916
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002917<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002918<div class="doc_subsubsection">
2919 <a name="i_switch">'<tt>switch</tt>' Instruction</a>
2920</div>
2921
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002922<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002923
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002924<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002925<pre>
2926 switch &lt;intty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, label &lt;defaultdest&gt; [ &lt;intty&gt; &lt;val&gt;, label &lt;dest&gt; ... ]
2927</pre>
2928
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002929<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002930<p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is used to transfer control flow to one of
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002931 several different places. It is a generalization of the '<tt>br</tt>'
2932 instruction, allowing a branch to occur to one of many possible
2933 destinations.</p>
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002934
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002935<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002936<p>The '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction uses three parameters: an integer
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002937 comparison value '<tt>value</tt>', a default '<tt>label</tt>' destination,
2938 and an array of pairs of comparison value constants and '<tt>label</tt>'s.
2939 The table is not allowed to contain duplicate constant entries.</p>
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002940
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002941<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00002942<p>The <tt>switch</tt> instruction specifies a table of values and
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002943 destinations. When the '<tt>switch</tt>' instruction is executed, this table
2944 is searched for the given value. If the value is found, control flow is
Benjamin Kramer0f420382009-10-12 14:46:08 +00002945 transferred to the corresponding destination; otherwise, control flow is
2946 transferred to the default destination.</p>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002947
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002948<h5>Implementation:</h5>
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002949<p>Depending on properties of the target machine and the particular
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002950 <tt>switch</tt> instruction, this instruction may be code generated in
2951 different ways. For example, it could be generated as a series of chained
2952 conditional branches or with a lookup table.</p>
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002953
2954<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002955<pre>
2956 <i>; Emulate a conditional br instruction</i>
Reid Spencer36a15422007-01-12 03:35:51 +00002957 %Val = <a href="#i_zext">zext</a> i1 %value to i32
Dan Gohman623806e2009-01-04 23:44:43 +00002958 switch i32 %Val, label %truedest [ i32 0, label %falsedest ]
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002959
2960 <i>; Emulate an unconditional br instruction</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00002961 switch i32 0, label %dest [ ]
Chris Lattnercf96c6c2004-02-24 04:54:45 +00002962
2963 <i>; Implement a jump table:</i>
Dan Gohman623806e2009-01-04 23:44:43 +00002964 switch i32 %val, label %otherwise [ i32 0, label %onzero
2965 i32 1, label %onone
2966 i32 2, label %ontwo ]
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00002967</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00002968
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00002969</div>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00002970
Chris Lattner3ed871f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002971
2972<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
2973<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerd04cb6d2009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002974 <a name="i_indirectbr">'<tt>indirectbr</tt>' Instruction</a>
Chris Lattner3ed871f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002975</div>
2976
2977<div class="doc_text">
2978
2979<h5>Syntax:</h5>
2980<pre>
Chris Lattnerd04cb6d2009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002981 indirectbr &lt;somety&gt;* &lt;address&gt;, [ label &lt;dest1&gt;, label &lt;dest2&gt;, ... ]
Chris Lattner3ed871f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002982</pre>
2983
2984<h5>Overview:</h5>
2985
Chris Lattnerd04cb6d2009-10-28 00:19:10 +00002986<p>The '<tt>indirectbr</tt>' instruction implements an indirect branch to a label
Chris Lattner3ed871f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002987 within the current function, whose address is specified by
Chris Lattnere4801f72009-10-27 21:01:34 +00002988 "<tt>address</tt>". Address must be derived from a <a
2989 href="#blockaddress">blockaddress</a> constant.</p>
Chris Lattner3ed871f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002990
2991<h5>Arguments:</h5>
2992
2993<p>The '<tt>address</tt>' argument is the address of the label to jump to. The
2994 rest of the arguments indicate the full set of possible destinations that the
2995 address may point to. Blocks are allowed to occur multiple times in the
2996 destination list, though this isn't particularly useful.</p>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00002997
Chris Lattner3ed871f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00002998<p>This destination list is required so that dataflow analysis has an accurate
2999 understanding of the CFG.</p>
3000
3001<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3002
3003<p>Control transfers to the block specified in the address argument. All
3004 possible destination blocks must be listed in the label list, otherwise this
3005 instruction has undefined behavior. This implies that jumps to labels
3006 defined in other functions have undefined behavior as well.</p>
3007
3008<h5>Implementation:</h5>
3009
3010<p>This is typically implemented with a jump through a register.</p>
3011
3012<h5>Example:</h5>
3013<pre>
Chris Lattnerd04cb6d2009-10-28 00:19:10 +00003014 indirectbr i8* %Addr, [ label %bb1, label %bb2, label %bb3 ]
Chris Lattner3ed871f2009-10-27 19:13:16 +00003015</pre>
3016
3017</div>
3018
3019
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003020<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003021<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3022 <a name="i_invoke">'<tt>invoke</tt>' Instruction</a>
3023</div>
3024
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003025<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003026
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003027<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003028<pre>
Devang Patel02256232008-10-07 17:48:33 +00003029 &lt;result&gt; = invoke [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>] &lt;ptr to function ty&gt; &lt;function ptr val&gt;(&lt;function args&gt;) [<a href="#fnattrs">fn attrs</a>]
Chris Lattner6b7a0082006-05-14 18:23:06 +00003030 to label &lt;normal label&gt; unwind label &lt;exception label&gt;
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003031</pre>
3032
Chris Lattnera8292f32002-05-06 22:08:29 +00003033<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003034<p>The '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction causes control to transfer to a specified
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003035 function, with the possibility of control flow transfer to either the
3036 '<tt>normal</tt>' label or the '<tt>exception</tt>' label. If the callee
3037 function returns with the "<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>" instruction,
3038 control flow will return to the "normal" label. If the callee (or any
3039 indirect callees) returns with the "<a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a>"
3040 instruction, control is interrupted and continued at the dynamically nearest
3041 "exception" label.</p>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003042
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003043<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003044<p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003045
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003046<ol>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003047 <li>The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="#callingconv">calling
3048 convention</a> the call should use. If none is specified, the call
3049 defaults to using C calling conventions.</li>
Devang Patel7e9b05e2008-10-06 18:50:38 +00003050
3051 <li>The optional <a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a> list for
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003052 return values. Only '<tt>zeroext</tt>', '<tt>signext</tt>', and
3053 '<tt>inreg</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
Devang Patel7e9b05e2008-10-06 18:50:38 +00003054
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003055 <li>'<tt>ptr to function ty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003056 function value being invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function
3057 invocation, but indirect <tt>invoke</tt>s are just as possible, branching
3058 off an arbitrary pointer to function value.</li>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003059
3060 <li>'<tt>function ptr val</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003061 function to be invoked. </li>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003062
3063 <li>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the function
Chris Lattner47f2a832010-03-02 06:36:51 +00003064 signature argument types and parameter attributes. All arguments must be
3065 of <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the function
3066 signature indicates the function accepts a variable number of arguments,
3067 the extra arguments can be specified.</li>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003068
3069 <li>'<tt>normal label</tt>': the label reached when the called function
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003070 executes a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>' instruction. </li>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003071
3072 <li>'<tt>exception label</tt>': the label reached when a callee returns with
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003073 the <a href="#i_unwind"><tt>unwind</tt></a> instruction. </li>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003074
Devang Patel02256232008-10-07 17:48:33 +00003075 <li>The optional <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a> list. Only
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003076 '<tt>noreturn</tt>', '<tt>nounwind</tt>', '<tt>readonly</tt>' and
3077 '<tt>readnone</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003078</ol>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003079
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003080<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003081<p>This instruction is designed to operate as a standard
3082 '<tt><a href="#i_call">call</a></tt>' instruction in most regards. The
3083 primary difference is that it establishes an association with a label, which
3084 is used by the runtime library to unwind the stack.</p>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003085
3086<p>This instruction is used in languages with destructors to ensure that proper
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003087 cleanup is performed in the case of either a <tt>longjmp</tt> or a thrown
3088 exception. Additionally, this is important for implementation of
3089 '<tt>catch</tt>' clauses in high-level languages that support them.</p>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003090
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003091<p>For the purposes of the SSA form, the definition of the value returned by the
3092 '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction is deemed to occur on the edge from the current
3093 block to the "normal" label. If the callee unwinds then no return value is
3094 available.</p>
Dan Gohman9069d892009-05-22 21:47:08 +00003095
Chris Lattner97257f82010-01-15 18:08:37 +00003096<p>Note that the code generator does not yet completely support unwind, and
3097that the invoke/unwind semantics are likely to change in future versions.</p>
3098
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003099<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner0132aff2005-05-06 22:57:40 +00003100<pre>
Nick Lewycky084ab472008-03-16 07:18:12 +00003101 %retval = invoke i32 @Test(i32 15) to label %Continue
Jeff Cohen5819f182007-04-22 01:17:39 +00003102 unwind label %TestCleanup <i>; {i32}:retval set</i>
Nick Lewycky084ab472008-03-16 07:18:12 +00003103 %retval = invoke <a href="#callingconv">coldcc</a> i32 %Testfnptr(i32 15) to label %Continue
Jeff Cohen5819f182007-04-22 01:17:39 +00003104 unwind label %TestCleanup <i>; {i32}:retval set</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003105</pre>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003106
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003107</div>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003108
Chris Lattner5ed60612003-09-03 00:41:47 +00003109<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003110
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003111<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_unwind">'<tt>unwind</tt>'
3112Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003113
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003114<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003115
Chris Lattner5ed60612003-09-03 00:41:47 +00003116<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003117<pre>
3118 unwind
3119</pre>
3120
Chris Lattner5ed60612003-09-03 00:41:47 +00003121<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003122<p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' instruction unwinds the stack, continuing control flow
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003123 at the first callee in the dynamic call stack which used
3124 an <a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction to perform the call.
3125 This is primarily used to implement exception handling.</p>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003126
Chris Lattner5ed60612003-09-03 00:41:47 +00003127<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerfe8519c2008-04-19 21:01:16 +00003128<p>The '<tt>unwind</tt>' instruction causes execution of the current function to
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003129 immediately halt. The dynamic call stack is then searched for the
3130 first <a href="#i_invoke"><tt>invoke</tt></a> instruction on the call stack.
3131 Once found, execution continues at the "exceptional" destination block
3132 specified by the <tt>invoke</tt> instruction. If there is no <tt>invoke</tt>
3133 instruction in the dynamic call chain, undefined behavior results.</p>
3134
Chris Lattner97257f82010-01-15 18:08:37 +00003135<p>Note that the code generator does not yet completely support unwind, and
3136that the invoke/unwind semantics are likely to change in future versions.</p>
3137
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003138</div>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003139
3140<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3141
3142<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_unreachable">'<tt>unreachable</tt>'
3143Instruction</a> </div>
3144
3145<div class="doc_text">
3146
3147<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3148<pre>
3149 unreachable
3150</pre>
3151
3152<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003153<p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics. This
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003154 instruction is used to inform the optimizer that a particular portion of the
3155 code is not reachable. This can be used to indicate that the code after a
3156 no-return function cannot be reached, and other facts.</p>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003157
3158<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003159<p>The '<tt>unreachable</tt>' instruction has no defined semantics.</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003160
Chris Lattner08b7d5b2004-10-16 18:04:13 +00003161</div>
3162
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003163<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003164<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="binaryops">Binary Operations</a> </div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003165
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003166<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003167
3168<p>Binary operators are used to do most of the computation in a program. They
3169 require two operands of the same type, execute an operation on them, and
3170 produce a single value. The operands might represent multiple data, as is
3171 the case with the <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> data type. The result value
3172 has the same type as its operands.</p>
3173
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003174<p>There are several different binary operators:</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003175
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003176</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003177
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003178<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003179<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3180 <a name="i_add">'<tt>add</tt>' Instruction</a>
3181</div>
3182
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003183<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003184
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003185<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003186<pre>
Dan Gohmanb07de442009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003187 &lt;result&gt; = add &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohman957b1312009-09-02 17:31:42 +00003188 &lt;result&gt; = add nuw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3189 &lt;result&gt; = add nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3190 &lt;result&gt; = add nuw nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003191</pre>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003192
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003193<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003194<p>The '<tt>add</tt>' instruction returns the sum of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003195
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003196<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003197<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>add</tt>' instruction must
3198 be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3199 integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003200
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003201<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003202<p>The value produced is the integer sum of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003203
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003204<p>If the sum has unsigned overflow, the result returned is the mathematical
3205 result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit width of the result.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003206
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003207<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, this instruction
3208 is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003209
Dan Gohman902dfff2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003210<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for &quot;No Unsigned Wrap&quot;
3211 and &quot;No Signed Wrap&quot;, respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
3212 <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>add</tt>
Dan Gohmanffc9a6b2010-04-22 23:14:21 +00003213 is a <a href="#trapvalues">trap value</a> if unsigned and/or signed overflow,
3214 respectively, occurs.</p>
Dan Gohmanb07de442009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003215
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003216<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003217<pre>
3218 &lt;result&gt; = add i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 + %var</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003219</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003220
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003221</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003222
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003223<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003224<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003225 <a name="i_fadd">'<tt>fadd</tt>' Instruction</a>
3226</div>
3227
3228<div class="doc_text">
3229
3230<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003231<pre>
3232 &lt;result&gt; = fadd &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3233</pre>
3234
3235<h5>Overview:</h5>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003236<p>The '<tt>fadd</tt>' instruction returns the sum of its two operands.</p>
3237
3238<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003239<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fadd</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003240 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3241 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003242
3243<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003244<p>The value produced is the floating point sum of the two operands.</p>
3245
3246<h5>Example:</h5>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003247<pre>
3248 &lt;result&gt; = fadd float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 + %var</i>
3249</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003250
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003251</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003252
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003253<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3254<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003255 <a name="i_sub">'<tt>sub</tt>' Instruction</a>
3256</div>
3257
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003258<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003259
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003260<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003261<pre>
Dan Gohman902dfff2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003262 &lt;result&gt; = sub &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohman957b1312009-09-02 17:31:42 +00003263 &lt;result&gt; = sub nuw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3264 &lt;result&gt; = sub nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3265 &lt;result&gt; = sub nuw nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003266</pre>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003267
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003268<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003269<p>The '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction returns the difference of its two
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003270 operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003271
3272<p>Note that the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction is used to represent the
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003273 '<tt>neg</tt>' instruction present in most other intermediate
3274 representations.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003275
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003276<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003277<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sub</tt>' instruction must
3278 be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3279 integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003280
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003281<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003282<p>The value produced is the integer difference of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003283
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003284<p>If the difference has unsigned overflow, the result returned is the
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003285 mathematical result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit width of the
3286 result.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003287
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003288<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, this instruction
3289 is appropriate for both signed and unsigned integers.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003290
Dan Gohman902dfff2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003291<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for &quot;No Unsigned Wrap&quot;
3292 and &quot;No Signed Wrap&quot;, respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
3293 <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>sub</tt>
Dan Gohmanffc9a6b2010-04-22 23:14:21 +00003294 is a <a href="#trapvalues">trap value</a> if unsigned and/or signed overflow,
3295 respectively, occurs.</p>
Dan Gohmanb07de442009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003296
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003297<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendling2d8b9a82007-05-29 09:42:13 +00003298<pre>
3299 &lt;result&gt; = sub i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 - %var</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003300 &lt;result&gt; = sub i32 0, %val <i>; yields {i32}:result = -%var</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003301</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003302
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003303</div>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003304
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003305<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003306<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003307 <a name="i_fsub">'<tt>fsub</tt>' Instruction</a>
3308</div>
3309
3310<div class="doc_text">
3311
3312<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003313<pre>
3314 &lt;result&gt; = fsub &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3315</pre>
3316
3317<h5>Overview:</h5>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003318<p>The '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction returns the difference of its two
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003319 operands.</p>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003320
3321<p>Note that the '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction is used to represent the
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003322 '<tt>fneg</tt>' instruction present in most other intermediate
3323 representations.</p>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003324
3325<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendling972b7202009-07-20 02:32:41 +00003326<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fsub</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003327 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3328 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003329
3330<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003331<p>The value produced is the floating point difference of the two operands.</p>
3332
3333<h5>Example:</h5>
3334<pre>
3335 &lt;result&gt; = fsub float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 - %var</i>
3336 &lt;result&gt; = fsub float -0.0, %val <i>; yields {float}:result = -%var</i>
3337</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003338
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003339</div>
3340
3341<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3342<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003343 <a name="i_mul">'<tt>mul</tt>' Instruction</a>
3344</div>
3345
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003346<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003347
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003348<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003349<pre>
Dan Gohman902dfff2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003350 &lt;result&gt; = mul &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohman957b1312009-09-02 17:31:42 +00003351 &lt;result&gt; = mul nuw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3352 &lt;result&gt; = mul nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3353 &lt;result&gt; = mul nuw nsw &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003354</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003355
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003356<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003357<p>The '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction returns the product of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003358
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003359<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003360<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>mul</tt>' instruction must
3361 be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3362 integer values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003363
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003364<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003365<p>The value produced is the integer product of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003366
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003367<p>If the result of the multiplication has unsigned overflow, the result
3368 returned is the mathematical result modulo 2<sup>n</sup>, where n is the bit
3369 width of the result.</p>
3370
3371<p>Because LLVM integers use a two's complement representation, and the result
3372 is the same width as the operands, this instruction returns the correct
3373 result for both signed and unsigned integers. If a full product
3374 (e.g. <tt>i32</tt>x<tt>i32</tt>-><tt>i64</tt>) is needed, the operands should
3375 be sign-extended or zero-extended as appropriate to the width of the full
3376 product.</p>
3377
Dan Gohman902dfff2009-07-22 22:44:56 +00003378<p><tt>nuw</tt> and <tt>nsw</tt> stand for &quot;No Unsigned Wrap&quot;
3379 and &quot;No Signed Wrap&quot;, respectively. If the <tt>nuw</tt> and/or
3380 <tt>nsw</tt> keywords are present, the result value of the <tt>mul</tt>
Dan Gohmanffc9a6b2010-04-22 23:14:21 +00003381 is a <a href="#trapvalues">trap value</a> if unsigned and/or signed overflow,
3382 respectively, occurs.</p>
Dan Gohmanb07de442009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003383
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003384<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003385<pre>
3386 &lt;result&gt; = mul i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 * %var</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003387</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003388
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003389</div>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003390
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003391<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003392<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3393 <a name="i_fmul">'<tt>fmul</tt>' Instruction</a>
3394</div>
3395
3396<div class="doc_text">
3397
3398<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003399<pre>
3400 &lt;result&gt; = fmul &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003401</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003402
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003403<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003404<p>The '<tt>fmul</tt>' instruction returns the product of its two operands.</p>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003405
3406<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003407<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fmul</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003408 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3409 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003410
3411<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003412<p>The value produced is the floating point product of the two operands.</p>
3413
3414<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003415<pre>
3416 &lt;result&gt; = fmul float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 * %var</i>
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003417</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003418
Dan Gohmana5b96452009-06-04 22:49:04 +00003419</div>
3420
3421<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003422<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_udiv">'<tt>udiv</tt>' Instruction
3423</a></div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003424
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003425<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003426
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003427<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003428<pre>
3429 &lt;result&gt; = udiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003430</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003431
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003432<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003433<p>The '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003434
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003435<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003436<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>udiv</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003437 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3438 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003439
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003440<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner2f2427e2008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003441<p>The value produced is the unsigned integer quotient of the two operands.</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003442
Chris Lattner2f2427e2008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003443<p>Note that unsigned integer division and signed integer division are distinct
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003444 operations; for signed integer division, use '<tt>sdiv</tt>'.</p>
3445
Chris Lattner2f2427e2008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003446<p>Division by zero leads to undefined behavior.</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003447
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003448<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003449<pre>
3450 &lt;result&gt; = udiv i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var</i>
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003451</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003452
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003453</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003454
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003455<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3456<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_sdiv">'<tt>sdiv</tt>' Instruction
3457</a> </div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003458
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003459<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003460
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003461<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003462<pre>
Dan Gohmanb07de442009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003463 &lt;result&gt; = sdiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Dan Gohman957b1312009-09-02 17:31:42 +00003464 &lt;result&gt; = sdiv exact &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003465</pre>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003466
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003467<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003468<p>The '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003469
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003470<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003471<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>sdiv</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003472 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3473 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003474
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003475<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003476<p>The value produced is the signed integer quotient of the two operands rounded
3477 towards zero.</p>
3478
Chris Lattner2f2427e2008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003479<p>Note that signed integer division and unsigned integer division are distinct
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003480 operations; for unsigned integer division, use '<tt>udiv</tt>'.</p>
3481
Chris Lattner2f2427e2008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003482<p>Division by zero leads to undefined behavior. Overflow also leads to
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003483 undefined behavior; this is a rare case, but can occur, for example, by doing
3484 a 32-bit division of -2147483648 by -1.</p>
3485
Dan Gohman71dfd782009-07-22 00:04:19 +00003486<p>If the <tt>exact</tt> keyword is present, the result value of the
Dan Gohman57255802010-04-23 15:23:32 +00003487 <tt>sdiv</tt> is a <a href="#trapvalues">trap value</a> if the result would
3488 be rounded or if overflow would occur.</p>
Dan Gohmanb07de442009-07-20 22:41:19 +00003489
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003490<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003491<pre>
3492 &lt;result&gt; = sdiv i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 / %var</i>
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003493</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003494
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003495</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003496
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003497<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3498<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_fdiv">'<tt>fdiv</tt>'
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003499Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003500
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003501<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003502
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003503<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003504<pre>
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003505 &lt;result&gt; = fdiv &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003506</pre>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003507
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003508<h5>Overview:</h5>
3509<p>The '<tt>fdiv</tt>' instruction returns the quotient of its two operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003510
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003511<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Jeff Cohen5819f182007-04-22 01:17:39 +00003512<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>fdiv</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003513 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3514 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003515
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003516<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer7e80b0b2006-10-26 06:15:43 +00003517<p>The value produced is the floating point quotient of the two operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003518
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003519<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003520<pre>
3521 &lt;result&gt; = fdiv float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 / %var</i>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003522</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003523
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003524</div>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003525
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003526<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003527<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_urem">'<tt>urem</tt>' Instruction</a>
3528</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003529
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003530<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003531
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003532<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003533<pre>
3534 &lt;result&gt; = urem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003535</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003536
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003537<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003538<p>The '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the unsigned
3539 division of its two arguments.</p>
3540
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003541<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003542<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>urem</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003543 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3544 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
3545
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003546<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3547<p>This instruction returns the unsigned integer <i>remainder</i> of a division.
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003548 This instruction always performs an unsigned division to get the
3549 remainder.</p>
3550
Chris Lattner2f2427e2008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003551<p>Note that unsigned integer remainder and signed integer remainder are
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003552 distinct operations; for signed integer remainder, use '<tt>srem</tt>'.</p>
3553
Chris Lattner2f2427e2008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003554<p>Taking the remainder of a division by zero leads to undefined behavior.</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003555
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003556<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003557<pre>
3558 &lt;result&gt; = urem i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var</i>
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003559</pre>
3560
3561</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003562
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003563<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003564<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3565 <a name="i_srem">'<tt>srem</tt>' Instruction</a>
3566</div>
3567
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003568<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003569
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003570<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003571<pre>
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003572 &lt;result&gt; = srem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003573</pre>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003574
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003575<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003576<p>The '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the signed
3577 division of its two operands. This instruction can also take
3578 <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> versions of the values in which case the
3579 elements must be integers.</p>
Chris Lattnerb8f816e2008-01-04 04:33:49 +00003580
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003581<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003582<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>srem</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003583 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3584 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003585
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003586<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003587<p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division (where the result
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003588 has the same sign as the dividend, <tt>op1</tt>), not the <i>modulo</i>
3589 operator (where the result has the same sign as the divisor, <tt>op2</tt>) of
3590 a value. For more information about the difference,
3591 see <a href="http://mathforum.org/dr.math/problems/anne.4.28.99.html">The
3592 Math Forum</a>. For a table of how this is implemented in various languages,
3593 please see <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modulo_operation">
3594 Wikipedia: modulo operation</a>.</p>
3595
Chris Lattner2f2427e2008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003596<p>Note that signed integer remainder and unsigned integer remainder are
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003597 distinct operations; for unsigned integer remainder, use '<tt>urem</tt>'.</p>
3598
Chris Lattner2f2427e2008-01-28 00:36:27 +00003599<p>Taking the remainder of a division by zero leads to undefined behavior.
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003600 Overflow also leads to undefined behavior; this is a rare case, but can
3601 occur, for example, by taking the remainder of a 32-bit division of
3602 -2147483648 by -1. (The remainder doesn't actually overflow, but this rule
3603 lets srem be implemented using instructions that return both the result of
3604 the division and the remainder.)</p>
3605
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003606<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003607<pre>
3608 &lt;result&gt; = srem i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 % %var</i>
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003609</pre>
3610
3611</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003612
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003613<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003614<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3615 <a name="i_frem">'<tt>frem</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
3616
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003617<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003618
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003619<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003620<pre>
3621 &lt;result&gt; = frem &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003622</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003623
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003624<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003625<p>The '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction returns the remainder from the division of
3626 its two operands.</p>
3627
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003628<h5>Arguments:</h5>
3629<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>frem</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003630 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3631 floating point values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003632
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003633<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003634<p>This instruction returns the <i>remainder</i> of a division. The remainder
3635 has the same sign as the dividend.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003636
Reid Spencer7eb55b32006-11-02 01:53:59 +00003637<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003638<pre>
3639 &lt;result&gt; = frem float 4.0, %var <i>; yields {float}:result = 4.0 % %var</i>
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003640</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003641
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003642</div>
Robert Bocchino820bc75b2006-02-17 21:18:08 +00003643
Reid Spencer2ab01932007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003644<!-- ======================================================================= -->
3645<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="bitwiseops">Bitwise Binary
3646Operations</a> </div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003647
Reid Spencer2ab01932007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003648<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003649
3650<p>Bitwise binary operators are used to do various forms of bit-twiddling in a
3651 program. They are generally very efficient instructions and can commonly be
3652 strength reduced from other instructions. They require two operands of the
3653 same type, execute an operation on them, and produce a single value. The
3654 resulting value is the same type as its operands.</p>
3655
Reid Spencer2ab01932007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003656</div>
3657
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003658<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3659<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_shl">'<tt>shl</tt>'
3660Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003661
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003662<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003663
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003664<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003665<pre>
3666 &lt;result&gt; = shl &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003667</pre>
Chris Lattnerf0e50112007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003668
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003669<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003670<p>The '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction returns the first operand shifted to the left
3671 a specified number of bits.</p>
Chris Lattnerf0e50112007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003672
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003673<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003674<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>shl</tt>' instruction must be the
3675 same <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of
3676 integer type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003677
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003678<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003679<p>The value produced is <tt>op1</tt> * 2<sup><tt>op2</tt></sup> mod
3680 2<sup>n</sup>, where <tt>n</tt> is the width of the result. If <tt>op2</tt>
3681 is (statically or dynamically) negative or equal to or larger than the number
3682 of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If the arguments are
3683 vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by the corresponding
3684 shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerf0e50112007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003685
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003686<h5>Example:</h5>
3687<pre>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003688 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}: 4 &lt;&lt; %var</i>
3689 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}: 16</i>
3690 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 1, 10 <i>; yields {i32}: 1024</i>
Chris Lattnerf0e50112007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003691 &lt;result&gt; = shl i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Mon P Wang4dd832d2008-12-09 05:46:39 +00003692 &lt;result&gt; = shl &lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 1, i32 1&gt;, &lt; i32 1, i32 2&gt; <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 2, i32 4&gt;</i>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003693</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003694
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003695</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003696
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003697<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3698<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_lshr">'<tt>lshr</tt>'
3699Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003700
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003701<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003702
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003703<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003704<pre>
3705 &lt;result&gt; = lshr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003706</pre>
3707
3708<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003709<p>The '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction (logical shift right) returns the first
3710 operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits with zero fill.</p>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003711
3712<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003713<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>lshr</tt>' instruction must be the same
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003714 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3715 type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003716
3717<h5>Semantics:</h5>
3718<p>This instruction always performs a logical shift right operation. The most
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003719 significant bits of the result will be filled with zero bits after the shift.
3720 If <tt>op2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) equal to or larger than the
3721 number of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If the arguments are
3722 vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by the corresponding
3723 shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003724
3725<h5>Example:</h5>
3726<pre>
3727 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 4, 1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 2</i>
3728 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 1</i>
3729 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i8 4, 3 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0</i>
3730 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i8 -2, 1 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0x7FFFFFFF </i>
Chris Lattnerf0e50112007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003731 &lt;result&gt; = lshr i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Mon P Wang4dd832d2008-12-09 05:46:39 +00003732 &lt;result&gt; = lshr &lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 -2, i32 4&gt;, &lt; i32 1, i32 2&gt; <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 0x7FFFFFFF, i32 1&gt;</i>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003733</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003734
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003735</div>
3736
Reid Spencer2ab01932007-02-02 13:57:07 +00003737<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003738<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_ashr">'<tt>ashr</tt>'
3739Instruction</a> </div>
3740<div class="doc_text">
3741
3742<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003743<pre>
3744 &lt;result&gt; = ashr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003745</pre>
3746
3747<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003748<p>The '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction (arithmetic shift right) returns the first
3749 operand shifted to the right a specified number of bits with sign
3750 extension.</p>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003751
3752<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003753<p>Both arguments to the '<tt>ashr</tt>' instruction must be the same
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003754 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3755 type. '<tt>op2</tt>' is treated as an unsigned value.</p>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003756
3757<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003758<p>This instruction always performs an arithmetic shift right operation, The
3759 most significant bits of the result will be filled with the sign bit
3760 of <tt>op1</tt>. If <tt>op2</tt> is (statically or dynamically) equal to or
3761 larger than the number of bits in <tt>op1</tt>, the result is undefined. If
3762 the arguments are vectors, each vector element of <tt>op1</tt> is shifted by
3763 the corresponding shift amount in <tt>op2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003764
3765<h5>Example:</h5>
3766<pre>
3767 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 4, 1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 2</i>
3768 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 4, 2 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 1</i>
3769 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i8 4, 3 <i>; yields {i8}:result = 0</i>
3770 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i8 -2, 1 <i>; yields {i8}:result = -1</i>
Chris Lattnerf0e50112007-10-03 21:01:14 +00003771 &lt;result&gt; = ashr i32 1, 32 <i>; undefined</i>
Mon P Wang4dd832d2008-12-09 05:46:39 +00003772 &lt;result&gt; = ashr &lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 -2, i32 4&gt;, &lt; i32 1, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields: result=&lt;2 x i32&gt; &lt; i32 -1, i32 0&gt;</i>
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003773</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003774
Reid Spencer04e259b2007-01-31 21:39:12 +00003775</div>
3776
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003777<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003778<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_and">'<tt>and</tt>'
3779Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003780
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003781<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003782
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003783<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003784<pre>
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00003785 &lt;result&gt; = and &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003786</pre>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003787
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003788<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003789<p>The '<tt>and</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical and of its two
3790 operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003791
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003792<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003793<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003794 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3795 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003796
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003797<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003798<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>and</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003799
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003800<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003801 <tbody>
3802 <tr>
3803 <td>In0</td>
3804 <td>In1</td>
3805 <td>Out</td>
3806 </tr>
3807 <tr>
3808 <td>0</td>
3809 <td>0</td>
3810 <td>0</td>
3811 </tr>
3812 <tr>
3813 <td>0</td>
3814 <td>1</td>
3815 <td>0</td>
3816 </tr>
3817 <tr>
3818 <td>1</td>
3819 <td>0</td>
3820 <td>0</td>
3821 </tr>
3822 <tr>
3823 <td>1</td>
3824 <td>1</td>
3825 <td>1</td>
3826 </tr>
3827 </tbody>
3828</table>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003829
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003830<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003831<pre>
3832 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 &amp; %var</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003833 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 8</i>
3834 &lt;result&gt; = and i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 0</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003835</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003836</div>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003837<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003838<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_or">'<tt>or</tt>' Instruction</a> </div>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003839
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003840<div class="doc_text">
3841
3842<h5>Syntax:</h5>
3843<pre>
3844 &lt;result&gt; = or &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
3845</pre>
3846
3847<h5>Overview:</h5>
3848<p>The '<tt>or</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical inclusive or of its
3849 two operands.</p>
3850
3851<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003852<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003853 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3854 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
3855
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003856<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003857<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>or</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003858
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003859<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
3860 <tbody>
3861 <tr>
3862 <td>In0</td>
3863 <td>In1</td>
3864 <td>Out</td>
3865 </tr>
3866 <tr>
3867 <td>0</td>
3868 <td>0</td>
3869 <td>0</td>
3870 </tr>
3871 <tr>
3872 <td>0</td>
3873 <td>1</td>
3874 <td>1</td>
3875 </tr>
3876 <tr>
3877 <td>1</td>
3878 <td>0</td>
3879 <td>1</td>
3880 </tr>
3881 <tr>
3882 <td>1</td>
3883 <td>1</td>
3884 <td>1</td>
3885 </tr>
3886 </tbody>
3887</table>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003888
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003889<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003890<pre>
3891 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 | %var</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003892 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 47</i>
3893 &lt;result&gt; = or i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 12</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003894</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003895
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003896</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003897
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003898<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003899<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_xor">'<tt>xor</tt>'
3900Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003901
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003902<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003903
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003904<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003905<pre>
3906 &lt;result&gt; = xor &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {ty}:result</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003907</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003908
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003909<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003910<p>The '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction returns the bitwise logical exclusive or of
3911 its two operands. The <tt>xor</tt> is used to implement the "one's
3912 complement" operation, which is the "~" operator in C.</p>
3913
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003914<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003915<p>The two arguments to the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction must be
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003916 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of integer
3917 values. Both arguments must have identical types.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00003918
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003919<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003920<p>The truth table used for the '<tt>xor</tt>' instruction is:</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003921
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00003922<table border="1" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
3923 <tbody>
3924 <tr>
3925 <td>In0</td>
3926 <td>In1</td>
3927 <td>Out</td>
3928 </tr>
3929 <tr>
3930 <td>0</td>
3931 <td>0</td>
3932 <td>0</td>
3933 </tr>
3934 <tr>
3935 <td>0</td>
3936 <td>1</td>
3937 <td>1</td>
3938 </tr>
3939 <tr>
3940 <td>1</td>
3941 <td>0</td>
3942 <td>1</td>
3943 </tr>
3944 <tr>
3945 <td>1</td>
3946 <td>1</td>
3947 <td>0</td>
3948 </tr>
3949 </tbody>
3950</table>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003951
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003952<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003953<pre>
3954 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 4, %var <i>; yields {i32}:result = 4 ^ %var</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003955 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 15, 40 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 39</i>
3956 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 4, 8 <i>; yields {i32}:result = 12</i>
3957 &lt;result&gt; = xor i32 %V, -1 <i>; yields {i32}:result = ~%V</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003958</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003959
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00003960</div>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00003961
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00003962<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00003963<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003964 <a name="vectorops">Vector Operations</a>
3965</div>
3966
3967<div class="doc_text">
3968
3969<p>LLVM supports several instructions to represent vector operations in a
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003970 target-independent manner. These instructions cover the element-access and
3971 vector-specific operations needed to process vectors effectively. While LLVM
3972 does directly support these vector operations, many sophisticated algorithms
3973 will want to use target-specific intrinsics to take full advantage of a
3974 specific target.</p>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003975
3976</div>
3977
3978<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
3979<div class="doc_subsubsection">
3980 <a name="i_extractelement">'<tt>extractelement</tt>' Instruction</a>
3981</div>
3982
3983<div class="doc_text">
3984
3985<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003986<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00003987 &lt;result&gt; = extractelement &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;val&gt;, i32 &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;ty&gt;</i>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003988</pre>
3989
3990<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003991<p>The '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction extracts a single scalar element
3992 from a vector at a specified index.</p>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00003993
3994
3995<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00003996<p>The first operand of an '<tt>extractelement</tt>' instruction is a value
3997 of <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> type. The second operand is an index
3998 indicating the position from which to extract the element. The index may be
3999 a variable.</p>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004000
4001<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004002<p>The result is a scalar of the same type as the element type of
4003 <tt>val</tt>. Its value is the value at position <tt>idx</tt> of
4004 <tt>val</tt>. If <tt>idx</tt> exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the
4005 results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004006
4007<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004008<pre>
Gabor Greif03ab4dc2009-10-28 13:14:50 +00004009 &lt;result&gt; = extractelement &lt;4 x i32&gt; %vec, i32 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004010</pre>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004011
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004012</div>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004013
4014<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4015<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4016 <a name="i_insertelement">'<tt>insertelement</tt>' Instruction</a>
4017</div>
4018
4019<div class="doc_text">
4020
4021<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004022<pre>
Dan Gohman43ba0672008-05-12 23:38:42 +00004023 &lt;result&gt; = insertelement &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;elt&gt;, i32 &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt;</i>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004024</pre>
4025
4026<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004027<p>The '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction inserts a scalar element into a
4028 vector at a specified index.</p>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004029
4030<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004031<p>The first operand of an '<tt>insertelement</tt>' instruction is a value
4032 of <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> type. The second operand is a scalar value
4033 whose type must equal the element type of the first operand. The third
4034 operand is an index indicating the position at which to insert the value.
4035 The index may be a variable.</p>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004036
4037<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004038<p>The result is a vector of the same type as <tt>val</tt>. Its element values
4039 are those of <tt>val</tt> except at position <tt>idx</tt>, where it gets the
4040 value <tt>elt</tt>. If <tt>idx</tt> exceeds the length of <tt>val</tt>, the
4041 results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004042
4043<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004044<pre>
Gabor Greif03ab4dc2009-10-28 13:14:50 +00004045 &lt;result&gt; = insertelement &lt;4 x i32&gt; %vec, i32 1, i32 0 <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004046</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004047
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004048</div>
4049
4050<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4051<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4052 <a name="i_shufflevector">'<tt>shufflevector</tt>' Instruction</a>
4053</div>
4054
4055<div class="doc_text">
4056
4057<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004058<pre>
Mon P Wang25f01062008-11-10 04:46:22 +00004059 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;v1&gt;, &lt;n x &lt;ty&gt;&gt; &lt;v2&gt;, &lt;m x i32&gt; &lt;mask&gt; <i>; yields &lt;m x &lt;ty&gt;&gt;</i>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004060</pre>
4061
4062<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004063<p>The '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction constructs a permutation of elements
4064 from two input vectors, returning a vector with the same element type as the
4065 input and length that is the same as the shuffle mask.</p>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004066
4067<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004068<p>The first two operands of a '<tt>shufflevector</tt>' instruction are vectors
4069 with types that match each other. The third argument is a shuffle mask whose
4070 element type is always 'i32'. The result of the instruction is a vector
4071 whose length is the same as the shuffle mask and whose element type is the
4072 same as the element type of the first two operands.</p>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004073
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004074<p>The shuffle mask operand is required to be a constant vector with either
4075 constant integer or undef values.</p>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004076
4077<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004078<p>The elements of the two input vectors are numbered from left to right across
4079 both of the vectors. The shuffle mask operand specifies, for each element of
4080 the result vector, which element of the two input vectors the result element
4081 gets. The element selector may be undef (meaning "don't care") and the
4082 second operand may be undef if performing a shuffle from only one vector.</p>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004083
4084<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004085<pre>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004086 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v2,
Jeff Cohen5819f182007-04-22 01:17:39 +00004087 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 4, i32 1, i32 5&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004088 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; undef,
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004089 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i> - Identity shuffle.
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004090 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;8 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;8 x i32&gt; undef,
Mon P Wang25f01062008-11-10 04:46:22 +00004091 &lt;4 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3&gt; <i>; yields &lt;4 x i32&gt;</i>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004092 &lt;result&gt; = shufflevector &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v1, &lt;4 x i32&gt; %v2,
Mon P Wang25f01062008-11-10 04:46:22 +00004093 &lt;8 x i32&gt; &lt;i32 0, i32 1, i32 2, i32 3, i32 4, i32 5, i32 6, i32 7 &gt; <i>; yields &lt;8 x i32&gt;</i>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004094</pre>
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004095
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004096</div>
Tanya Lattnerb138bbe2006-04-14 19:24:33 +00004097
Chris Lattnerce83bff2006-04-08 23:07:04 +00004098<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004099<div class="doc_subsection">
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004100 <a name="aggregateops">Aggregate Operations</a>
4101</div>
4102
4103<div class="doc_text">
4104
Chris Lattner392be582010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004105<p>LLVM supports several instructions for working with
4106 <a href="#t_aggregate">aggregate</a> values.</p>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004107
4108</div>
4109
4110<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4111<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4112 <a name="i_extractvalue">'<tt>extractvalue</tt>' Instruction</a>
4113</div>
4114
4115<div class="doc_text">
4116
4117<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004118<pre>
4119 &lt;result&gt; = extractvalue &lt;aggregate type&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;idx&gt;{, &lt;idx&gt;}*
4120</pre>
4121
4122<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner392be582010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004123<p>The '<tt>extractvalue</tt>' instruction extracts the value of a member field
4124 from an <a href="#t_aggregate">aggregate</a> value.</p>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004125
4126<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004127<p>The first operand of an '<tt>extractvalue</tt>' instruction is a value
Chris Lattner392be582010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004128 of <a href="#t_struct">struct</a>, <a href="#t_union">union</a> or
4129 <a href="#t_array">array</a> type. The operands are constant indices to
4130 specify which value to extract in a similar manner as indices in a
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004131 '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction.</p>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004132
4133<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004134<p>The result is the value at the position in the aggregate specified by the
4135 index operands.</p>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004136
4137<h5>Example:</h5>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004138<pre>
Gabor Greif03ab4dc2009-10-28 13:14:50 +00004139 &lt;result&gt; = extractvalue {i32, float} %agg, 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004140</pre>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004141
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004142</div>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004143
4144<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4145<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4146 <a name="i_insertvalue">'<tt>insertvalue</tt>' Instruction</a>
4147</div>
4148
4149<div class="doc_text">
4150
4151<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004152<pre>
Jeffrey Yasskinf991bbb2010-01-11 19:19:26 +00004153 &lt;result&gt; = insertvalue &lt;aggregate type&gt; &lt;val&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;elt&gt;, &lt;idx&gt; <i>; yields &lt;aggregate type&gt;</i>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004154</pre>
4155
4156<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner392be582010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004157<p>The '<tt>insertvalue</tt>' instruction inserts a value into a member field
4158 in an <a href="#t_aggregate">aggregate</a> value.</p>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004159
4160<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004161<p>The first operand of an '<tt>insertvalue</tt>' instruction is a value
Chris Lattner392be582010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004162 of <a href="#t_struct">struct</a>, <a href="#t_union">union</a> or
4163 <a href="#t_array">array</a> type. The second operand is a first-class
4164 value to insert. The following operands are constant indices indicating
4165 the position at which to insert the value in a similar manner as indices in a
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004166 '<tt><a href="#i_getelementptr">getelementptr</a></tt>' instruction. The
4167 value to insert must have the same type as the value identified by the
4168 indices.</p>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004169
4170<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004171<p>The result is an aggregate of the same type as <tt>val</tt>. Its value is
4172 that of <tt>val</tt> except that the value at the position specified by the
4173 indices is that of <tt>elt</tt>.</p>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004174
4175<h5>Example:</h5>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004176<pre>
Jeffrey Yasskinf991bbb2010-01-11 19:19:26 +00004177 %agg1 = insertvalue {i32, float} undef, i32 1, 0 <i>; yields {i32 1, float undef}</i>
4178 %agg2 = insertvalue {i32, float} %agg1, float %val, 1 <i>; yields {i32 1, float %val}</i>
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004179</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004180
Dan Gohmanb9d66602008-05-12 23:51:09 +00004181</div>
4182
4183
4184<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004185<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner6ab66722006-08-15 00:45:58 +00004186 <a name="memoryops">Memory Access and Addressing Operations</a>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004187</div>
4188
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004189<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004190
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004191<p>A key design point of an SSA-based representation is how it represents
4192 memory. In LLVM, no memory locations are in SSA form, which makes things
Victor Hernandeza70c6df2009-10-26 23:44:29 +00004193 very simple. This section describes how to read, write, and allocate
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004194 memory in LLVM.</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004195
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004196</div>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004197
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004198<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004199<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004200 <a name="i_alloca">'<tt>alloca</tt>' Instruction</a>
4201</div>
4202
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004203<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004204
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004205<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004206<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004207 &lt;result&gt; = alloca &lt;type&gt;[, i32 &lt;NumElements&gt;][, align &lt;alignment&gt;] <i>; yields {type*}:result</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004208</pre>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004209
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004210<h5>Overview:</h5>
Jeff Cohen5819f182007-04-22 01:17:39 +00004211<p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction allocates memory on the stack frame of the
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004212 currently executing function, to be automatically released when this function
4213 returns to its caller. The object is always allocated in the generic address
4214 space (address space zero).</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004215
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004216<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004217<p>The '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction
4218 allocates <tt>sizeof(&lt;type&gt;)*NumElements</tt> bytes of memory on the
4219 runtime stack, returning a pointer of the appropriate type to the program.
4220 If "NumElements" is specified, it is the number of elements allocated,
4221 otherwise "NumElements" is defaulted to be one. If a constant alignment is
4222 specified, the value result of the allocation is guaranteed to be aligned to
4223 at least that boundary. If not specified, or if zero, the target can choose
4224 to align the allocation on any convenient boundary compatible with the
4225 type.</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004226
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004227<p>'<tt>type</tt>' may be any sized type.</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004228
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004229<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendling9ee6a312009-05-08 20:49:29 +00004230<p>Memory is allocated; a pointer is returned. The operation is undefined if
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004231 there is insufficient stack space for the allocation. '<tt>alloca</tt>'d
4232 memory is automatically released when the function returns. The
4233 '<tt>alloca</tt>' instruction is commonly used to represent automatic
4234 variables that must have an address available. When the function returns
4235 (either with the <tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>
4236 or <tt><a href="#i_unwind">unwind</a></tt> instructions), the memory is
4237 reclaimed. Allocating zero bytes is legal, but the result is undefined.</p>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004238
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004239<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004240<pre>
Dan Gohman7a5acb52009-01-04 23:49:44 +00004241 %ptr = alloca i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
4242 %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
4243 %ptr = alloca i32, i32 4, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
4244 %ptr = alloca i32, align 1024 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004245</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004246
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004247</div>
Chris Lattner54611b42005-11-06 08:02:57 +00004248
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004249<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00004250<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_load">'<tt>load</tt>'
4251Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004252
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004253<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004254
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004255<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004256<pre>
Bill Wendlingbc4024f2010-02-25 21:23:24 +00004257 &lt;result&gt; = load &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;][, !nontemporal !&lt;index&gt;]
4258 &lt;result&gt; = volatile load &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;][, !nontemporal !&lt;index&gt;]
4259 !&lt;index&gt; = !{ i32 1 }
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004260</pre>
4261
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004262<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004263<p>The '<tt>load</tt>' instruction is used to read from memory.</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004264
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004265<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004266<p>The argument to the '<tt>load</tt>' instruction specifies the memory address
4267 from which to load. The pointer must point to
4268 a <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the <tt>load</tt> is
4269 marked as <tt>volatile</tt>, then the optimizer is not allowed to modify the
Jeffrey Yasskin5d284ae2010-04-26 21:21:24 +00004270 number or order of execution of this <tt>load</tt> with other <a
4271 href="#volatile">volatile operations</a>.</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004272
Bill Wendlingbc4024f2010-02-25 21:23:24 +00004273<p>The optional constant <tt>align</tt> argument specifies the alignment of the
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004274 operation (that is, the alignment of the memory address). A value of 0 or an
Bill Wendlingbc4024f2010-02-25 21:23:24 +00004275 omitted <tt>align</tt> argument means that the operation has the preferential
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004276 alignment for the target. It is the responsibility of the code emitter to
4277 ensure that the alignment information is correct. Overestimating the
Bill Wendlingbc4024f2010-02-25 21:23:24 +00004278 alignment results in undefined behavior. Underestimating the alignment may
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004279 produce less efficient code. An alignment of 1 is always safe.</p>
4280
Bill Wendlingbc4024f2010-02-25 21:23:24 +00004281<p>The optional <tt>!nontemporal</tt> metadata must reference a single
4282 metatadata name &lt;index&gt; corresponding to a metadata node with
Dan Gohmana269a0a2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00004283 one <tt>i32</tt> entry of value 1. The existence of
Bill Wendlingbc4024f2010-02-25 21:23:24 +00004284 the <tt>!nontemporal</tt> metatadata on the instruction tells the optimizer
4285 and code generator that this load is not expected to be reused in the cache.
4286 The code generator may select special instructions to save cache bandwidth,
Dan Gohmana269a0a2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00004287 such as the <tt>MOVNT</tt> instruction on x86.</p>
David Greene9641d062010-02-16 20:50:18 +00004288
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004289<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004290<p>The location of memory pointed to is loaded. If the value being loaded is of
4291 scalar type then the number of bytes read does not exceed the minimum number
4292 of bytes needed to hold all bits of the type. For example, loading an
4293 <tt>i24</tt> reads at most three bytes. When loading a value of a type like
4294 <tt>i20</tt> with a size that is not an integral number of bytes, the result
4295 is undefined if the value was not originally written using a store of the
4296 same type.</p>
4297
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004298<h5>Examples:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004299<pre>
4300 %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
4301 <a href="#i_store">store</a> i32 3, i32* %ptr <i>; yields {void}</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004302 %val = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:val = i32 3</i>
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004303</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004304
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004305</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004306
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004307<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00004308<div class="doc_subsubsection"> <a name="i_store">'<tt>store</tt>'
4309Instruction</a> </div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004310
Reid Spencera89fb182006-11-09 21:18:01 +00004311<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004312
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004313<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004314<pre>
David Greene9641d062010-02-16 20:50:18 +00004315 store &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;][, !nontemporal !<index>] <i>; yields {void}</i>
4316 volatile store &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt;, &lt;ty&gt;* &lt;pointer&gt;[, align &lt;alignment&gt;][, !nontemporal !<index>] <i>; yields {void}</i>
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004317</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004318
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004319<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004320<p>The '<tt>store</tt>' instruction is used to write to memory.</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004321
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004322<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004323<p>There are two arguments to the '<tt>store</tt>' instruction: a value to store
4324 and an address at which to store it. The type of the
4325 '<tt>&lt;pointer&gt;</tt>' operand must be a pointer to
4326 the <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type of the
Jeffrey Yasskin5d284ae2010-04-26 21:21:24 +00004327 '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>' operand. If the <tt>store</tt> is marked as
4328 <tt>volatile</tt>, then the optimizer is not allowed to modify the number or
4329 order of execution of this <tt>store</tt> with other <a
4330 href="#volatile">volatile operations</a>.</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004331
4332<p>The optional constant "align" argument specifies the alignment of the
4333 operation (that is, the alignment of the memory address). A value of 0 or an
4334 omitted "align" argument means that the operation has the preferential
4335 alignment for the target. It is the responsibility of the code emitter to
4336 ensure that the alignment information is correct. Overestimating the
4337 alignment results in an undefined behavior. Underestimating the alignment may
4338 produce less efficient code. An alignment of 1 is always safe.</p>
4339
David Greene9641d062010-02-16 20:50:18 +00004340<p>The optional !nontemporal metadata must reference a single metatadata
4341 name <index> corresponding to a metadata node with one i32 entry of
Dan Gohmana269a0a2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00004342 value 1. The existence of the !nontemporal metatadata on the
David Greene9641d062010-02-16 20:50:18 +00004343 instruction tells the optimizer and code generator that this load is
4344 not expected to be reused in the cache. The code generator may
4345 select special instructions to save cache bandwidth, such as the
Dan Gohmana269a0a2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00004346 MOVNT instruction on x86.</p>
David Greene9641d062010-02-16 20:50:18 +00004347
4348
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00004349<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004350<p>The contents of memory are updated to contain '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>' at the
4351 location specified by the '<tt>&lt;pointer&gt;</tt>' operand. If
4352 '<tt>&lt;value&gt;</tt>' is of scalar type then the number of bytes written
4353 does not exceed the minimum number of bytes needed to hold all bits of the
4354 type. For example, storing an <tt>i24</tt> writes at most three bytes. When
4355 writing a value of a type like <tt>i20</tt> with a size that is not an
4356 integral number of bytes, it is unspecified what happens to the extra bits
4357 that do not belong to the type, but they will typically be overwritten.</p>
4358
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004359<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004360<pre>
4361 %ptr = <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> i32 <i>; yields {i32*}:ptr</i>
Bill Wendling8830ffe2007-10-22 05:10:05 +00004362 store i32 3, i32* %ptr <i>; yields {void}</i>
4363 %val = <a href="#i_load">load</a> i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:val = i32 3</i>
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004364</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004365
Reid Spencer443460a2006-11-09 21:15:49 +00004366</div>
4367
Chris Lattner095735d2002-05-06 03:03:22 +00004368<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004369<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4370 <a name="i_getelementptr">'<tt>getelementptr</tt>' Instruction</a>
4371</div>
4372
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004373<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004374
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004375<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004376<pre>
Matthijs Kooijman0e268272008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004377 &lt;result&gt; = getelementptr &lt;pty&gt;* &lt;ptrval&gt;{, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;idx&gt;}*
Dan Gohman1639c392009-07-27 21:53:46 +00004378 &lt;result&gt; = getelementptr inbounds &lt;pty&gt;* &lt;ptrval&gt;{, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;idx&gt;}*
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004379</pre>
4380
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004381<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004382<p>The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction is used to get the address of a
Chris Lattner392be582010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004383 subelement of an <a href="#t_aggregate">aggregate</a> data structure.
4384 It performs address calculation only and does not access memory.</p>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004385
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004386<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Matthijs Kooijman0e268272008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004387<p>The first argument is always a pointer, and forms the basis of the
Chris Lattnera40b9122009-07-29 06:44:13 +00004388 calculation. The remaining arguments are indices that indicate which of the
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004389 elements of the aggregate object are indexed. The interpretation of each
4390 index is dependent on the type being indexed into. The first index always
4391 indexes the pointer value given as the first argument, the second index
4392 indexes a value of the type pointed to (not necessarily the value directly
4393 pointed to, since the first index can be non-zero), etc. The first type
Chris Lattner392be582010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004394 indexed into must be a pointer value, subsequent types can be arrays,
4395 vectors, structs and unions. Note that subsequent types being indexed into
4396 can never be pointers, since that would require loading the pointer before
4397 continuing calculation.</p>
Matthijs Kooijman0e268272008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004398
4399<p>The type of each index argument depends on the type it is indexing into.
Chris Lattner392be582010-02-12 20:49:41 +00004400 When indexing into a (optionally packed) structure or union, only <tt>i32</tt>
4401 integer <b>constants</b> are allowed. When indexing into an array, pointer
4402 or vector, integers of any width are allowed, and they are not required to be
Chris Lattnera40b9122009-07-29 06:44:13 +00004403 constant.</p>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004404
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004405<p>For example, let's consider a C code fragment and how it gets compiled to
4406 LLVM:</p>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004407
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004408<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004409<pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004410struct RT {
4411 char A;
Chris Lattnera446f1b2007-05-29 15:43:56 +00004412 int B[10][20];
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004413 char C;
4414};
4415struct ST {
Chris Lattnera446f1b2007-05-29 15:43:56 +00004416 int X;
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004417 double Y;
4418 struct RT Z;
4419};
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004420
Chris Lattnera446f1b2007-05-29 15:43:56 +00004421int *foo(struct ST *s) {
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004422 return &amp;s[1].Z.B[5][13];
4423}
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004424</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004425</div>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004426
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004427<p>The LLVM code generated by the GCC frontend is:</p>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004428
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004429<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004430<pre>
Chris Lattnerbc088212009-01-11 20:53:49 +00004431%RT = <a href="#namedtypes">type</a> { i8 , [10 x [20 x i32]], i8 }
4432%ST = <a href="#namedtypes">type</a> { i32, double, %RT }
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004433
Dan Gohman6b867702009-07-25 02:23:48 +00004434define i32* @foo(%ST* %s) {
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004435entry:
4436 %reg = getelementptr %ST* %s, i32 1, i32 2, i32 1, i32 5, i32 13
4437 ret i32* %reg
4438}
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004439</pre>
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00004440</div>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004441
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004442<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004443<p>In the example above, the first index is indexing into the '<tt>%ST*</tt>'
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004444 type, which is a pointer, yielding a '<tt>%ST</tt>' = '<tt>{ i32, double, %RT
4445 }</tt>' type, a structure. The second index indexes into the third element
4446 of the structure, yielding a '<tt>%RT</tt>' = '<tt>{ i8 , [10 x [20 x i32]],
4447 i8 }</tt>' type, another structure. The third index indexes into the second
4448 element of the structure, yielding a '<tt>[10 x [20 x i32]]</tt>' type, an
4449 array. The two dimensions of the array are subscripted into, yielding an
4450 '<tt>i32</tt>' type. The '<tt>getelementptr</tt>' instruction returns a
4451 pointer to this element, thus computing a value of '<tt>i32*</tt>' type.</p>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004452
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004453<p>Note that it is perfectly legal to index partially through a structure,
4454 returning a pointer to an inner element. Because of this, the LLVM code for
4455 the given testcase is equivalent to:</p>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004456
4457<pre>
Dan Gohman6b867702009-07-25 02:23:48 +00004458 define i32* @foo(%ST* %s) {
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004459 %t1 = getelementptr %ST* %s, i32 1 <i>; yields %ST*:%t1</i>
Jeff Cohen5819f182007-04-22 01:17:39 +00004460 %t2 = getelementptr %ST* %t1, i32 0, i32 2 <i>; yields %RT*:%t2</i>
4461 %t3 = getelementptr %RT* %t2, i32 0, i32 1 <i>; yields [10 x [20 x i32]]*:%t3</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004462 %t4 = getelementptr [10 x [20 x i32]]* %t3, i32 0, i32 5 <i>; yields [20 x i32]*:%t4</i>
4463 %t5 = getelementptr [20 x i32]* %t4, i32 0, i32 13 <i>; yields i32*:%t5</i>
4464 ret i32* %t5
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004465 }
Chris Lattnera8292f32002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004466</pre>
Chris Lattnerc0ad71e2005-06-24 17:22:57 +00004467
Dan Gohman1639c392009-07-27 21:53:46 +00004468<p>If the <tt>inbounds</tt> keyword is present, the result value of the
Dan Gohman57255802010-04-23 15:23:32 +00004469 <tt>getelementptr</tt> is a <a href="#trapvalues">trap value</a> if the
4470 base pointer is not an <i>in bounds</i> address of an allocated object,
4471 or if any of the addresses that would be formed by successive addition of
4472 the offsets implied by the indices to the base address with infinitely
4473 precise arithmetic are not an <i>in bounds</i> address of that allocated
4474 object. The <i>in bounds</i> addresses for an allocated object are all
4475 the addresses that point into the object, plus the address one byte past
4476 the end.</p>
Dan Gohman1639c392009-07-27 21:53:46 +00004477
4478<p>If the <tt>inbounds</tt> keyword is not present, the offsets are added to
4479 the base address with silently-wrapping two's complement arithmetic, and
4480 the result value of the <tt>getelementptr</tt> may be outside the object
4481 pointed to by the base pointer. The result value may not necessarily be
4482 used to access memory though, even if it happens to point into allocated
4483 storage. See the <a href="#pointeraliasing">Pointer Aliasing Rules</a>
4484 section for more information.</p>
4485
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004486<p>The getelementptr instruction is often confusing. For some more insight into
4487 how it works, see <a href="GetElementPtr.html">the getelementptr FAQ</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner6ab66722006-08-15 00:45:58 +00004488
Chris Lattner590645f2002-04-14 06:13:44 +00004489<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004490<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004491 <i>; yields [12 x i8]*:aptr</i>
Matthijs Kooijman0e268272008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004492 %aptr = getelementptr {i32, [12 x i8]}* %saptr, i64 0, i32 1
4493 <i>; yields i8*:vptr</i>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004494 %vptr = getelementptr {i32, &lt;2 x i8&gt;}* %svptr, i64 0, i32 1, i32 1
Matthijs Kooijman0e268272008-10-13 13:44:15 +00004495 <i>; yields i8*:eptr</i>
4496 %eptr = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %aptr, i64 0, i32 1
Sanjiv Gupta0c155e62009-04-25 07:27:44 +00004497 <i>; yields i32*:iptr</i>
Sanjiv Gupta77abea02009-04-24 16:38:13 +00004498 %iptr = getelementptr [10 x i32]* @arr, i16 0, i16 0
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004499</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004500
Chris Lattner33fd7022004-04-05 01:30:49 +00004501</div>
Reid Spencer443460a2006-11-09 21:15:49 +00004502
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00004503<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004504<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="convertops">Conversion Operations</a>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004505</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004506
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004507<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004508
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004509<p>The instructions in this category are the conversion instructions (casting)
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004510 which all take a single operand and a type. They perform various bit
4511 conversions on the operand.</p>
4512
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004513</div>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004514
Chris Lattnera8292f32002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004515<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004516<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004517 <a name="i_trunc">'<tt>trunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4518</div>
4519<div class="doc_text">
4520
4521<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4522<pre>
4523 &lt;result&gt; = trunc &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4524</pre>
4525
4526<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004527<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates its operand to the
4528 type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004529
4530<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004531<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction takes a <tt>value</tt> to trunc, which must
4532 be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type that specifies the
4533 size and type of the result, which must be
4534 an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of <tt>value</tt> must
4535 be larger than the bit size of <tt>ty2</tt>. Equal sized types are not
4536 allowed.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004537
4538<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004539<p>The '<tt>trunc</tt>' instruction truncates the high order bits
4540 in <tt>value</tt> and converts the remaining bits to <tt>ty2</tt>. Since the
4541 source size must be larger than the destination size, <tt>trunc</tt> cannot
4542 be a <i>no-op cast</i>. It will always truncate bits.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004543
4544<h5>Example:</h5>
4545<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004546 %X = trunc i32 257 to i8 <i>; yields i8:1</i>
Reid Spencer36a15422007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004547 %Y = trunc i32 123 to i1 <i>; yields i1:true</i>
Gabor Greiff50fd572009-10-28 09:21:30 +00004548 %Z = trunc i32 122 to i1 <i>; yields i1:false</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004549</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004550
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004551</div>
4552
4553<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4554<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4555 <a name="i_zext">'<tt>zext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4556</div>
4557<div class="doc_text">
4558
4559<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4560<pre>
4561 &lt;result&gt; = zext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4562</pre>
4563
4564<h5>Overview:</h5>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004565<p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction zero extends its operand to type
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004566 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004567
4568
4569<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004570<p>The '<tt>zext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be of
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004571 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type to cast it to, which must
4572 also be of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of the
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004573 <tt>value</tt> must be smaller than the bit size of the destination type,
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004574 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004575
4576<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4577<p>The <tt>zext</tt> fills the high order bits of the <tt>value</tt> with zero
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004578 bits until it reaches the size of the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004579
Reid Spencer07c9c682007-01-12 15:46:11 +00004580<p>When zero extending from i1, the result will always be either 0 or 1.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004581
4582<h5>Example:</h5>
4583<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004584 %X = zext i32 257 to i64 <i>; yields i64:257</i>
Reid Spencer36a15422007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004585 %Y = zext i1 true to i32 <i>; yields i32:1</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004586</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004587
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004588</div>
4589
4590<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4591<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4592 <a name="i_sext">'<tt>sext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4593</div>
4594<div class="doc_text">
4595
4596<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4597<pre>
4598 &lt;result&gt; = sext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4599</pre>
4600
4601<h5>Overview:</h5>
4602<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' sign extends <tt>value</tt> to the type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
4603
4604<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004605<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be of
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004606 <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type, and a type to cast it to, which must
4607 also be of <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type. The bit size of the
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004608 <tt>value</tt> must be smaller than the bit size of the destination type,
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004609 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004610
4611<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004612<p>The '<tt>sext</tt>' instruction performs a sign extension by copying the sign
4613 bit (highest order bit) of the <tt>value</tt> until it reaches the bit size
4614 of the type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004615
Reid Spencer36a15422007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004616<p>When sign extending from i1, the extension always results in -1 or 0.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004617
4618<h5>Example:</h5>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004619<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004620 %X = sext i8 -1 to i16 <i>; yields i16 :65535</i>
Reid Spencer36a15422007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004621 %Y = sext i1 true to i32 <i>; yields i32:-1</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004622</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004623
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004624</div>
4625
4626<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4627<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer2e2740d2006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004628 <a name="i_fptrunc">'<tt>fptrunc .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4629</div>
4630
4631<div class="doc_text">
4632
4633<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer2e2740d2006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004634<pre>
4635 &lt;result&gt; = fptrunc &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4636</pre>
4637
4638<h5>Overview:</h5>
4639<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004640 <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer2e2740d2006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004641
4642<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4643<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction takes a <a href="#t_floating">floating
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004644 point</a> value to cast and a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type
4645 to cast it to. The size of <tt>value</tt> must be larger than the size of
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004646 <tt>ty2</tt>. This implies that <tt>fptrunc</tt> cannot be used to make a
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004647 <i>no-op cast</i>.</p>
Reid Spencer2e2740d2006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004648
4649<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004650<p>The '<tt>fptrunc</tt>' instruction truncates a <tt>value</tt> from a larger
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004651 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to a smaller
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004652 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. If the value cannot fit
4653 within the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, then the results are
4654 undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer2e2740d2006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004655
4656<h5>Example:</h5>
4657<pre>
4658 %X = fptrunc double 123.0 to float <i>; yields float:123.0</i>
4659 %Y = fptrunc double 1.0E+300 to float <i>; yields undefined</i>
4660</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004661
Reid Spencer2e2740d2006-11-09 21:48:10 +00004662</div>
4663
4664<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4665<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004666 <a name="i_fpext">'<tt>fpext .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4667</div>
4668<div class="doc_text">
4669
4670<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4671<pre>
4672 &lt;result&gt; = fpext &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4673</pre>
4674
4675<h5>Overview:</h5>
4676<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' extends a floating point <tt>value</tt> to a larger
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004677 floating point value.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004678
4679<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004680<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction takes a
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004681 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to cast, and
4682 a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to cast it to. The source
4683 type must be smaller than the destination type.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004684
4685<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004686<p>The '<tt>fpext</tt>' instruction extends the <tt>value</tt> from a smaller
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004687 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type to a larger
4688 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type. The <tt>fpext</tt> cannot be
4689 used to make a <i>no-op cast</i> because it always changes bits. Use
4690 <tt>bitcast</tt> to make a <i>no-op cast</i> for a floating point cast.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004691
4692<h5>Example:</h5>
4693<pre>
4694 %X = fpext float 3.1415 to double <i>; yields double:3.1415</i>
4695 %Y = fpext float 1.0 to float <i>; yields float:1.0 (no-op)</i>
4696</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004697
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004698</div>
4699
4700<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4701<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer2eadb532007-01-21 00:29:26 +00004702 <a name="i_fptoui">'<tt>fptoui .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004703</div>
4704<div class="doc_text">
4705
4706<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4707<pre>
Reid Spencer753163d2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004708 &lt;result&gt; = fptoui &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004709</pre>
4710
4711<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer753163d2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004712<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' converts a floating point <tt>value</tt> to its
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004713 unsigned integer equivalent of type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004714
4715<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004716<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
4717 scalar or vector <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type
4718 to cast it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
4719 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector floating point type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a
4720 vector integer type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004721
4722<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004723<p>The '<tt>fptoui</tt>' instruction converts its
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004724 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding
4725 towards zero) unsigned integer value. If the value cannot fit
4726 in <tt>ty2</tt>, the results are undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004727
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004728<h5>Example:</h5>
4729<pre>
Reid Spencer753163d2007-07-31 14:40:14 +00004730 %X = fptoui double 123.0 to i32 <i>; yields i32:123</i>
Chris Lattner5b95a172007-09-22 03:17:52 +00004731 %Y = fptoui float 1.0E+300 to i1 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Gabor Greiff50fd572009-10-28 09:21:30 +00004732 %Z = fptoui float 1.04E+17 to i8 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004733</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004734
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004735</div>
4736
4737<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4738<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004739 <a name="i_fptosi">'<tt>fptosi .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004740</div>
4741<div class="doc_text">
4742
4743<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4744<pre>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004745 &lt;result&gt; = fptosi &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004746</pre>
4747
4748<h5>Overview:</h5>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004749<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004750 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> <tt>value</tt> to
4751 type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004752
Chris Lattnera8292f32002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004753<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004754<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
4755 scalar or vector <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> value, and a type
4756 to cast it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
4757 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector floating point type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a
4758 vector integer type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004759
Chris Lattnera8292f32002-05-06 22:08:29 +00004760<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004761<p>The '<tt>fptosi</tt>' instruction converts its
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004762 <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> operand into the nearest (rounding
4763 towards zero) signed integer value. If the value cannot fit in <tt>ty2</tt>,
4764 the results are undefined.</p>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004765
Chris Lattner70de6632001-07-09 00:26:23 +00004766<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004767<pre>
Reid Spencer36a15422007-01-12 03:35:51 +00004768 %X = fptosi double -123.0 to i32 <i>; yields i32:-123</i>
Chris Lattner5b95a172007-09-22 03:17:52 +00004769 %Y = fptosi float 1.0E-247 to i1 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Gabor Greiff50fd572009-10-28 09:21:30 +00004770 %Z = fptosi float 1.04E+17 to i8 <i>; yields undefined:1</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004771</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004772
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004773</div>
4774
4775<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4776<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004777 <a name="i_uitofp">'<tt>uitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004778</div>
4779<div class="doc_text">
4780
4781<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4782<pre>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004783 &lt;result&gt; = uitofp &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004784</pre>
4785
4786<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004787<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as an unsigned
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004788 integer and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004789
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004790<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nate Begemand4d45c22007-11-17 03:58:34 +00004791<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004792 scalar or vector <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> value, and a type to cast
4793 it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>
4794 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector integer type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a vector
4795 floating point type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004796
4797<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004798<p>The '<tt>uitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as an unsigned
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004799 integer quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point
4800 value. If the value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are
4801 undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004802
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004803<h5>Example:</h5>
4804<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004805 %X = uitofp i32 257 to float <i>; yields float:257.0</i>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004806 %Y = uitofp i8 -1 to double <i>; yields double:255.0</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004807</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004808
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004809</div>
4810
4811<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4812<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004813 <a name="i_sitofp">'<tt>sitofp .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004814</div>
4815<div class="doc_text">
4816
4817<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4818<pre>
Reid Spencer51b07252006-11-09 23:03:26 +00004819 &lt;result&gt; = sitofp &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004820</pre>
4821
4822<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004823<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction regards <tt>value</tt> as a signed integer
4824 and converts that value to the <tt>ty2</tt> type.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004825
4826<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nate Begemand4d45c22007-11-17 03:58:34 +00004827<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004828 scalar or vector <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> value, and a type to cast
4829 it to <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a>
4830 type. If <tt>ty</tt> is a vector integer type, <tt>ty2</tt> must be a vector
4831 floating point type with the same number of elements as <tt>ty</tt></p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004832
4833<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004834<p>The '<tt>sitofp</tt>' instruction interprets its operand as a signed integer
4835 quantity and converts it to the corresponding floating point value. If the
4836 value cannot fit in the floating point value, the results are undefined.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004837
4838<h5>Example:</h5>
4839<pre>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004840 %X = sitofp i32 257 to float <i>; yields float:257.0</i>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00004841 %Y = sitofp i8 -1 to double <i>; yields double:-1.0</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004842</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004843
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004844</div>
4845
4846<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4847<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004848 <a name="i_ptrtoint">'<tt>ptrtoint .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4849</div>
4850<div class="doc_text">
4851
4852<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4853<pre>
4854 &lt;result&gt; = ptrtoint &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4855</pre>
4856
4857<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004858<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction converts the pointer <tt>value</tt> to
4859 the integer type <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004860
4861<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004862<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction takes a <tt>value</tt> to cast, which
4863 must be a <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> value, and a type to cast it to
4864 <tt>ty2</tt>, which must be an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> type.</p>
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004865
4866<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4867<p>The '<tt>ptrtoint</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to integer type
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004868 <tt>ty2</tt> by interpreting the pointer value as an integer and either
4869 truncating or zero extending that value to the size of the integer type. If
4870 <tt>value</tt> is smaller than <tt>ty2</tt> then a zero extension is done. If
4871 <tt>value</tt> is larger than <tt>ty2</tt> then a truncation is done. If they
4872 are the same size, then nothing is done (<i>no-op cast</i>) other than a type
4873 change.</p>
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004874
4875<h5>Example:</h5>
4876<pre>
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004877 %X = ptrtoint i32* %X to i8 <i>; yields truncation on 32-bit architecture</i>
4878 %Y = ptrtoint i32* %x to i64 <i>; yields zero extension on 32-bit architecture</i>
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004879</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004880
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004881</div>
4882
4883<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4884<div class="doc_subsubsection">
4885 <a name="i_inttoptr">'<tt>inttoptr .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
4886</div>
4887<div class="doc_text">
4888
4889<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4890<pre>
4891 &lt;result&gt; = inttoptr &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
4892</pre>
4893
4894<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004895<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction converts an integer <tt>value</tt> to a
4896 pointer type, <tt>ty2</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004897
4898<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Duncan Sands16f122e2007-03-30 12:22:09 +00004899<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction takes an <a href="#t_integer">integer</a>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004900 value to cast, and a type to cast it to, which must be a
4901 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> type.</p>
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004902
4903<h5>Semantics:</h5>
4904<p>The '<tt>inttoptr</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004905 <tt>ty2</tt> by applying either a zero extension or a truncation depending on
4906 the size of the integer <tt>value</tt>. If <tt>value</tt> is larger than the
4907 size of a pointer then a truncation is done. If <tt>value</tt> is smaller
4908 than the size of a pointer then a zero extension is done. If they are the
4909 same size, nothing is done (<i>no-op cast</i>).</p>
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004910
4911<h5>Example:</h5>
4912<pre>
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004913 %X = inttoptr i32 255 to i32* <i>; yields zero extension on 64-bit architecture</i>
Gabor Greiff50fd572009-10-28 09:21:30 +00004914 %Y = inttoptr i32 255 to i32* <i>; yields no-op on 32-bit architecture</i>
4915 %Z = inttoptr i64 0 to i32* <i>; yields truncation on 32-bit architecture</i>
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004916</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004917
Reid Spencerb7344ff2006-11-11 21:00:47 +00004918</div>
4919
4920<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4921<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004922 <a name="i_bitcast">'<tt>bitcast .. to</tt>' Instruction</a>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004923</div>
4924<div class="doc_text">
4925
4926<h5>Syntax:</h5>
4927<pre>
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004928 &lt;result&gt; = bitcast &lt;ty&gt; &lt;value&gt; to &lt;ty2&gt; <i>; yields ty2</i>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004929</pre>
4930
4931<h5>Overview:</h5>
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004932<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004933 <tt>ty2</tt> without changing any bits.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004934
4935<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004936<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction takes a value to cast, which must be a
4937 non-aggregate first class value, and a type to cast it to, which must also be
4938 a non-aggregate <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. The bit sizes
4939 of <tt>value</tt> and the destination type, <tt>ty2</tt>, must be
4940 identical. If the source type is a pointer, the destination type must also be
4941 a pointer. This instruction supports bitwise conversion of vectors to
4942 integers and to vectors of other types (as long as they have the same
4943 size).</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004944
4945<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Reid Spencer5b950642006-11-11 23:08:07 +00004946<p>The '<tt>bitcast</tt>' instruction converts <tt>value</tt> to type
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004947 <tt>ty2</tt>. It is always a <i>no-op cast</i> because no bits change with
4948 this conversion. The conversion is done as if the <tt>value</tt> had been
4949 stored to memory and read back as type <tt>ty2</tt>. Pointer types may only
4950 be converted to other pointer types with this instruction. To convert
4951 pointers to other types, use the <a href="#i_inttoptr">inttoptr</a> or
4952 <a href="#i_ptrtoint">ptrtoint</a> instructions first.</p>
Reid Spencer59b6b7d2006-11-08 01:11:31 +00004953
4954<h5>Example:</h5>
4955<pre>
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00004956 %X = bitcast i8 255 to i8 <i>; yields i8 :-1</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00004957 %Y = bitcast i32* %x to sint* <i>; yields sint*:%x</i>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00004958 %Z = bitcast &lt;2 x int&gt; %V to i64; <i>; yields i64: %V</i>
Chris Lattner70de6632001-07-09 00:26:23 +00004959</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004960
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00004961</div>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00004962
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004963<!-- ======================================================================= -->
4964<div class="doc_subsection"> <a name="otherops">Other Operations</a> </div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004965
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004966<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004967
4968<p>The instructions in this category are the "miscellaneous" instructions, which
4969 defy better classification.</p>
4970
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00004971</div>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004972
4973<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
4974<div class="doc_subsubsection"><a name="i_icmp">'<tt>icmp</tt>' Instruction</a>
4975</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004976
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004977<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004978
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004979<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004980<pre>
4981 &lt;result&gt; = icmp &lt;cond&gt; &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {i1} or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}:result</i>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004982</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004983
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004984<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004985<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' instruction returns a boolean value or a vector of
4986 boolean values based on comparison of its two integer, integer vector, or
4987 pointer operands.</p>
4988
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004989<h5>Arguments:</h5>
4990<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00004991 the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not a
4992 value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:</p>
4993
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00004994<ol>
4995 <li><tt>eq</tt>: equal</li>
4996 <li><tt>ne</tt>: not equal </li>
4997 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: unsigned greater than</li>
4998 <li><tt>uge</tt>: unsigned greater or equal</li>
4999 <li><tt>ult</tt>: unsigned less than</li>
5000 <li><tt>ule</tt>: unsigned less or equal</li>
5001 <li><tt>sgt</tt>: signed greater than</li>
5002 <li><tt>sge</tt>: signed greater or equal</li>
5003 <li><tt>slt</tt>: signed less than</li>
5004 <li><tt>sle</tt>: signed less or equal</li>
5005</ol>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005006
Chris Lattnerc0f423a2007-01-15 01:54:13 +00005007<p>The remaining two arguments must be <a href="#t_integer">integer</a> or
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005008 <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> or integer <a href="#t_vector">vector</a>
5009 typed. They must also be identical types.</p>
5010
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005011<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005012<p>The '<tt>icmp</tt>' compares <tt>op1</tt> and <tt>op2</tt> according to the
5013 condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. The comparison performed always yields
Nick Lewycky84a1eeb2009-09-27 00:45:11 +00005014 either an <a href="#t_integer"><tt>i1</tt></a> or vector of <tt>i1</tt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005015 result, as follows:</p>
5016
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005017<ol>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005018 <li><tt>eq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if the operands are equal,
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005019 <tt>false</tt> otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or
5020 performed.</li>
5021
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005022 <li><tt>ne</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if the operands are unequal,
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005023 <tt>false</tt> otherwise. No sign interpretation is necessary or
5024 performed.</li>
5025
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005026 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005027 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5028
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005029 <li><tt>uge</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005030 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal
5031 to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5032
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005033 <li><tt>ult</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005034 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5035
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005036 <li><tt>ule</tt>: interprets the operands as unsigned values and yields
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005037 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5038
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005039 <li><tt>sgt</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005040 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5041
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005042 <li><tt>sge</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005043 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal
5044 to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5045
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005046 <li><tt>slt</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005047 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5048
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005049 <li><tt>sle</tt>: interprets the operands as signed values and yields
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005050 <tt>true</tt> if <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005051</ol>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005052
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005053<p>If the operands are <a href="#t_pointer">pointer</a> typed, the pointer
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005054 values are compared as if they were integers.</p>
5055
5056<p>If the operands are integer vectors, then they are compared element by
5057 element. The result is an <tt>i1</tt> vector with the same number of elements
5058 as the values being compared. Otherwise, the result is an <tt>i1</tt>.</p>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005059
5060<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005061<pre>
5062 &lt;result&gt; = icmp eq i32 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005063 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ne float* %X, %X <i>; yields: result=false</i>
5064 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ult i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
5065 &lt;result&gt; = icmp sgt i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
5066 &lt;result&gt; = icmp ule i16 -4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
5067 &lt;result&gt; = icmp sge i16 4, 5 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005068</pre>
Dan Gohmana5127ab2009-01-22 01:39:38 +00005069
5070<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support vector types with
5071 the <tt>icmp</tt> instruction.</p>
5072
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005073</div>
5074
5075<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5076<div class="doc_subsubsection"><a name="i_fcmp">'<tt>fcmp</tt>' Instruction</a>
5077</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005078
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005079<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005080
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005081<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005082<pre>
5083 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp &lt;cond&gt; &lt;ty&gt; &lt;op1&gt;, &lt;op2&gt; <i>; yields {i1} or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}:result</i>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005084</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005085
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005086<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005087<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction returns a boolean value or vector of boolean
5088 values based on comparison of its operands.</p>
5089
5090<p>If the operands are floating point scalars, then the result type is a boolean
Nick Lewycky84a1eeb2009-09-27 00:45:11 +00005091(<a href="#t_integer"><tt>i1</tt></a>).</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005092
5093<p>If the operands are floating point vectors, then the result type is a vector
5094 of boolean with the same number of elements as the operands being
5095 compared.</p>
5096
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005097<h5>Arguments:</h5>
5098<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction takes three operands. The first operand is
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005099 the condition code indicating the kind of comparison to perform. It is not a
5100 value, just a keyword. The possible condition code are:</p>
5101
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005102<ol>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00005103 <li><tt>false</tt>: no comparison, always returns false</li>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005104 <li><tt>oeq</tt>: ordered and equal</li>
5105 <li><tt>ogt</tt>: ordered and greater than </li>
5106 <li><tt>oge</tt>: ordered and greater than or equal</li>
5107 <li><tt>olt</tt>: ordered and less than </li>
5108 <li><tt>ole</tt>: ordered and less than or equal</li>
5109 <li><tt>one</tt>: ordered and not equal</li>
5110 <li><tt>ord</tt>: ordered (no nans)</li>
5111 <li><tt>ueq</tt>: unordered or equal</li>
5112 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: unordered or greater than </li>
5113 <li><tt>uge</tt>: unordered or greater than or equal</li>
5114 <li><tt>ult</tt>: unordered or less than </li>
5115 <li><tt>ule</tt>: unordered or less than or equal</li>
5116 <li><tt>une</tt>: unordered or not equal</li>
5117 <li><tt>uno</tt>: unordered (either nans)</li>
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00005118 <li><tt>true</tt>: no comparison, always returns true</li>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005119</ol>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005120
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005121<p><i>Ordered</i> means that neither operand is a QNAN while
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005122 <i>unordered</i> means that either operand may be a QNAN.</p>
5123
5124<p>Each of <tt>val1</tt> and <tt>val2</tt> arguments must be either
5125 a <a href="#t_floating">floating point</a> type or
5126 a <a href="#t_vector">vector</a> of floating point type. They must have
5127 identical types.</p>
5128
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005129<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Gabor Greif0f75ad02008-08-07 21:46:00 +00005130<p>The '<tt>fcmp</tt>' instruction compares <tt>op1</tt> and <tt>op2</tt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005131 according to the condition code given as <tt>cond</tt>. If the operands are
5132 vectors, then the vectors are compared element by element. Each comparison
Nick Lewycky84a1eeb2009-09-27 00:45:11 +00005133 performed always yields an <a href="#t_integer">i1</a> result, as
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005134 follows:</p>
5135
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005136<ol>
5137 <li><tt>false</tt>: always yields <tt>false</tt>, regardless of operands.</li>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005138
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005139 <li><tt>oeq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005140 <tt>op1</tt> is equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5141
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00005142 <li><tt>ogt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Dan Gohmana269a0a2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00005143 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005144
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005145 <li><tt>oge</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005146 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5147
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005148 <li><tt>olt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005149 <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5150
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005151 <li><tt>ole</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005152 <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5153
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005154 <li><tt>one</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN and
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005155 <tt>op1</tt> is not equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5156
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00005157 <li><tt>ord</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if both operands are not a QNAN.</li>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005158
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005159 <li><tt>ueq</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005160 <tt>op1</tt> is equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5161
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005162 <li><tt>ugt</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005163 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5164
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005165 <li><tt>uge</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005166 <tt>op1</tt> is greater than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5167
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005168 <li><tt>ult</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005169 <tt>op1</tt> is less than <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5170
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005171 <li><tt>ule</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005172 <tt>op1</tt> is less than or equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5173
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005174 <li><tt>une</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN or
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005175 <tt>op1</tt> is not equal to <tt>op2</tt>.</li>
5176
Reid Spencerf69acf32006-11-19 03:00:14 +00005177 <li><tt>uno</tt>: yields <tt>true</tt> if either operand is a QNAN.</li>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005178
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005179 <li><tt>true</tt>: always yields <tt>true</tt>, regardless of operands.</li>
5180</ol>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005181
5182<h5>Example:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005183<pre>
5184 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp oeq float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Dan Gohmanc579d972008-09-09 01:02:47 +00005185 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp one float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
5186 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp olt float 4.0, 5.0 <i>; yields: result=true</i>
5187 &lt;result&gt; = fcmp ueq double 1.0, 2.0 <i>; yields: result=false</i>
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005188</pre>
Dan Gohmana5127ab2009-01-22 01:39:38 +00005189
5190<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support vector types with
5191 the <tt>fcmp</tt> instruction.</p>
5192
Reid Spencerc828a0e2006-11-18 21:50:54 +00005193</div>
5194
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00005195<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Nate Begemand2195702008-05-12 19:01:56 +00005196<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00005197 <a name="i_phi">'<tt>phi</tt>' Instruction</a>
5198</div>
5199
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00005200<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00005201
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00005202<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005203<pre>
5204 &lt;result&gt; = phi &lt;ty&gt; [ &lt;val0&gt;, &lt;label0&gt;], ...
5205</pre>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00005206
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00005207<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005208<p>The '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction is used to implement the &#966; node in the
5209 SSA graph representing the function.</p>
5210
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00005211<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005212<p>The type of the incoming values is specified with the first type field. After
5213 this, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction takes a list of pairs as arguments, with
5214 one pair for each predecessor basic block of the current block. Only values
5215 of <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type may be used as the value
5216 arguments to the PHI node. Only labels may be used as the label
5217 arguments.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00005218
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005219<p>There must be no non-phi instructions between the start of a basic block and
5220 the PHI instructions: i.e. PHI instructions must be first in a basic
5221 block.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00005222
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005223<p>For the purposes of the SSA form, the use of each incoming value is deemed to
5224 occur on the edge from the corresponding predecessor block to the current
5225 block (but after any definition of an '<tt>invoke</tt>' instruction's return
5226 value on the same edge).</p>
Jay Foad1a4eea52009-06-03 10:20:10 +00005227
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00005228<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005229<p>At runtime, the '<tt>phi</tt>' instruction logically takes on the value
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005230 specified by the pair corresponding to the predecessor basic block that
5231 executed just prior to the current block.</p>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00005232
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00005233<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb54c30f2008-05-20 20:48:21 +00005234<pre>
5235Loop: ; Infinite loop that counts from 0 on up...
5236 %indvar = phi i32 [ 0, %LoopHeader ], [ %nextindvar, %Loop ]
5237 %nextindvar = add i32 %indvar, 1
5238 br label %Loop
5239</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005240
Reid Spencer97c5fa42006-11-08 01:18:52 +00005241</div>
5242
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005243<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5244<div class="doc_subsubsection">
5245 <a name="i_select">'<tt>select</tt>' Instruction</a>
5246</div>
5247
5248<div class="doc_text">
5249
5250<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005251<pre>
Dan Gohmanc579d972008-09-09 01:02:47 +00005252 &lt;result&gt; = select <i>selty</i> &lt;cond&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;val1&gt;, &lt;ty&gt; &lt;val2&gt; <i>; yields ty</i>
5253
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005254 <i>selty</i> is either i1 or {&lt;N x i1&gt;}
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005255</pre>
5256
5257<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005258<p>The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction is used to choose one value based on a
5259 condition, without branching.</p>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005260
5261
5262<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005263<p>The '<tt>select</tt>' instruction requires an 'i1' value or a vector of 'i1'
5264 values indicating the condition, and two values of the
5265 same <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the val1/val2 are
5266 vectors and the condition is a scalar, then entire vectors are selected, not
5267 individual elements.</p>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005268
5269<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005270<p>If the condition is an i1 and it evaluates to 1, the instruction returns the
5271 first value argument; otherwise, it returns the second value argument.</p>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005272
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005273<p>If the condition is a vector of i1, then the value arguments must be vectors
5274 of the same size, and the selection is done element by element.</p>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005275
5276<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005277<pre>
Reid Spencer36a15422007-01-12 03:35:51 +00005278 %X = select i1 true, i8 17, i8 42 <i>; yields i8:17</i>
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005279</pre>
Dan Gohmana5127ab2009-01-22 01:39:38 +00005280
5281<p>Note that the code generator does not yet support conditions
5282 with vector type.</p>
5283
Chris Lattnerb53c28d2004-03-12 05:50:16 +00005284</div>
5285
Robert Bocchinof72fdfe2006-01-15 20:48:27 +00005286<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5287<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005288 <a name="i_call">'<tt>call</tt>' Instruction</a>
5289</div>
5290
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005291<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005292
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005293<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005294<pre>
Devang Patel02256232008-10-07 17:48:33 +00005295 &lt;result&gt; = [tail] call [<a href="#callingconv">cconv</a>] [<a href="#paramattrs">ret attrs</a>] &lt;ty&gt; [&lt;fnty&gt;*] &lt;fnptrval&gt;(&lt;function args&gt;) [<a href="#fnattrs">fn attrs</a>]
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005296</pre>
5297
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005298<h5>Overview:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005299<p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction represents a simple function call.</p>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005300
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005301<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005302<p>This instruction requires several arguments:</p>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005303
Chris Lattnera8292f32002-05-06 22:08:29 +00005304<ol>
Jeffrey Yasskinb8677462010-01-09 19:44:16 +00005305 <li>The optional "tail" marker indicates that the callee function does not
5306 access any allocas or varargs in the caller. Note that calls may be
5307 marked "tail" even if they do not occur before
5308 a <a href="#i_ret"><tt>ret</tt></a> instruction. If the "tail" marker is
5309 present, the function call is eligible for tail call optimization,
5310 but <a href="CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt">might not in fact be
Evan Cheng59676492010-03-08 21:05:02 +00005311 optimized into a jump</a>. The code generator may optimize calls marked
5312 "tail" with either 1) automatic <a href="CodeGenerator.html#sibcallopt">
5313 sibling call optimization</a> when the caller and callee have
5314 matching signatures, or 2) forced tail call optimization when the
5315 following extra requirements are met:
Jeffrey Yasskinb8677462010-01-09 19:44:16 +00005316 <ul>
5317 <li>Caller and callee both have the calling
5318 convention <tt>fastcc</tt>.</li>
5319 <li>The call is in tail position (ret immediately follows call and ret
5320 uses value of call or is void).</li>
5321 <li>Option <tt>-tailcallopt</tt> is enabled,
Dan Gohman6232f732010-03-02 01:08:11 +00005322 or <code>llvm::GuaranteedTailCallOpt</code> is <code>true</code>.</li>
Jeffrey Yasskinb8677462010-01-09 19:44:16 +00005323 <li><a href="CodeGenerator.html#tailcallopt">Platform specific
5324 constraints are met.</a></li>
5325 </ul>
5326 </li>
Devang Patel7e9b05e2008-10-06 18:50:38 +00005327
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005328 <li>The optional "cconv" marker indicates which <a href="#callingconv">calling
5329 convention</a> the call should use. If none is specified, the call
Jeffrey Yasskinb8677462010-01-09 19:44:16 +00005330 defaults to using C calling conventions. The calling convention of the
5331 call must match the calling convention of the target function, or else the
5332 behavior is undefined.</li>
Devang Patel7e9b05e2008-10-06 18:50:38 +00005333
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005334 <li>The optional <a href="#paramattrs">Parameter Attributes</a> list for
5335 return values. Only '<tt>zeroext</tt>', '<tt>signext</tt>', and
5336 '<tt>inreg</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
5337
5338 <li>'<tt>ty</tt>': the type of the call instruction itself which is also the
5339 type of the return value. Functions that return no value are marked
5340 <tt><a href="#t_void">void</a></tt>.</li>
5341
5342 <li>'<tt>fnty</tt>': shall be the signature of the pointer to function value
5343 being invoked. The argument types must match the types implied by this
5344 signature. This type can be omitted if the function is not varargs and if
5345 the function type does not return a pointer to a function.</li>
5346
5347 <li>'<tt>fnptrval</tt>': An LLVM value containing a pointer to a function to
5348 be invoked. In most cases, this is a direct function invocation, but
5349 indirect <tt>call</tt>s are just as possible, calling an arbitrary pointer
5350 to function value.</li>
5351
5352 <li>'<tt>function args</tt>': argument list whose types match the function
Chris Lattner47f2a832010-03-02 06:36:51 +00005353 signature argument types and parameter attributes. All arguments must be
5354 of <a href="#t_firstclass">first class</a> type. If the function
5355 signature indicates the function accepts a variable number of arguments,
5356 the extra arguments can be specified.</li>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005357
5358 <li>The optional <a href="#fnattrs">function attributes</a> list. Only
5359 '<tt>noreturn</tt>', '<tt>nounwind</tt>', '<tt>readonly</tt>' and
5360 '<tt>readnone</tt>' attributes are valid here.</li>
Chris Lattnera8292f32002-05-06 22:08:29 +00005361</ol>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005362
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005363<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005364<p>The '<tt>call</tt>' instruction is used to cause control flow to transfer to
5365 a specified function, with its incoming arguments bound to the specified
5366 values. Upon a '<tt><a href="#i_ret">ret</a></tt>' instruction in the called
5367 function, control flow continues with the instruction after the function
5368 call, and the return value of the function is bound to the result
5369 argument.</p>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005370
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00005371<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005372<pre>
Nick Lewyckya9b13d52007-09-08 13:57:50 +00005373 %retval = call i32 @test(i32 %argc)
Chris Lattnerfb7c88d2008-03-21 17:24:17 +00005374 call i32 (i8 *, ...)* @printf(i8 * %msg, i32 12, i8 42) <i>; yields i32</i>
5375 %X = tail call i32 @foo() <i>; yields i32</i>
5376 %Y = tail call <a href="#callingconv">fastcc</a> i32 @foo() <i>; yields i32</i>
5377 call void %foo(i8 97 signext)
Devang Pateld6cff512008-03-10 20:49:15 +00005378
5379 %struct.A = type { i32, i8 }
Devang Patel7e9b05e2008-10-06 18:50:38 +00005380 %r = call %struct.A @foo() <i>; yields { 32, i8 }</i>
Dan Gohmancc3132e2008-10-04 19:00:07 +00005381 %gr = extractvalue %struct.A %r, 0 <i>; yields i32</i>
5382 %gr1 = extractvalue %struct.A %r, 1 <i>; yields i8</i>
Chris Lattner6cbe8e92008-10-08 06:26:11 +00005383 %Z = call void @foo() noreturn <i>; indicates that %foo never returns normally</i>
Matthijs Kooijmaneefa7df2008-10-07 10:03:45 +00005384 %ZZ = call zeroext i32 @bar() <i>; Return value is %zero extended</i>
Chris Lattnere23c1392005-05-06 05:47:36 +00005385</pre>
5386
Dale Johannesen68f971b2009-09-24 18:38:21 +00005387<p>llvm treats calls to some functions with names and arguments that match the
Dale Johannesen722212d2009-09-25 17:04:42 +00005388standard C99 library as being the C99 library functions, and may perform
5389optimizations or generate code for them under that assumption. This is
5390something we'd like to change in the future to provide better support for
Dan Gohmana269a0a2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00005391freestanding environments and non-C-based languages.</p>
Dale Johannesen68f971b2009-09-24 18:38:21 +00005392
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005393</div>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005394
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005395<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005396<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattner33337472006-01-13 23:26:01 +00005397 <a name="i_va_arg">'<tt>va_arg</tt>' Instruction</a>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005398</div>
5399
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005400<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005401
Chris Lattner26ca62e2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005402<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005403<pre>
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005404 &lt;resultval&gt; = va_arg &lt;va_list*&gt; &lt;arglist&gt;, &lt;argty&gt;
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005405</pre>
5406
Chris Lattner26ca62e2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005407<h5>Overview:</h5>
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005408<p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction is used to access arguments passed through
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005409 the "variable argument" area of a function call. It is used to implement the
5410 <tt>va_arg</tt> macro in C.</p>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005411
Chris Lattner26ca62e2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005412<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005413<p>This instruction takes a <tt>va_list*</tt> value and the type of the
5414 argument. It returns a value of the specified argument type and increments
5415 the <tt>va_list</tt> to point to the next argument. The actual type
5416 of <tt>va_list</tt> is target specific.</p>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005417
Chris Lattner26ca62e2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005418<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005419<p>The '<tt>va_arg</tt>' instruction loads an argument of the specified type
5420 from the specified <tt>va_list</tt> and causes the <tt>va_list</tt> to point
5421 to the next argument. For more information, see the variable argument
5422 handling <a href="#int_varargs">Intrinsic Functions</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005423
5424<p>It is legal for this instruction to be called in a function which does not
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005425 take a variable number of arguments, for example, the <tt>vfprintf</tt>
5426 function.</p>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005427
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005428<p><tt>va_arg</tt> is an LLVM instruction instead of
5429 an <a href="#intrinsics">intrinsic function</a> because it takes a type as an
5430 argument.</p>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005431
Chris Lattner26ca62e2003-10-18 05:51:36 +00005432<h5>Example:</h5>
Chris Lattner6a4a0492004-09-27 21:51:25 +00005433<p>See the <a href="#int_varargs">variable argument processing</a> section.</p>
5434
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005435<p>Note that the code generator does not yet fully support va_arg on many
5436 targets. Also, it does not currently support va_arg with aggregate types on
5437 any target.</p>
Dan Gohman3065b612009-01-12 23:12:39 +00005438
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005439</div>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005440
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005441<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner48b383b02003-11-25 01:02:51 +00005442<div class="doc_section"> <a name="intrinsics">Intrinsic Functions</a> </div>
5443<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005444
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005445<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005446
5447<p>LLVM supports the notion of an "intrinsic function". These functions have
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005448 well known names and semantics and are required to follow certain
5449 restrictions. Overall, these intrinsics represent an extension mechanism for
5450 the LLVM language that does not require changing all of the transformations
5451 in LLVM when adding to the language (or the bitcode reader/writer, the
5452 parser, etc...).</p>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005453
John Criswell88190562005-05-16 16:17:45 +00005454<p>Intrinsic function names must all start with an "<tt>llvm.</tt>" prefix. This
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005455 prefix is reserved in LLVM for intrinsic names; thus, function names may not
5456 begin with this prefix. Intrinsic functions must always be external
5457 functions: you cannot define the body of intrinsic functions. Intrinsic
5458 functions may only be used in call or invoke instructions: it is illegal to
5459 take the address of an intrinsic function. Additionally, because intrinsic
5460 functions are part of the LLVM language, it is required if any are added that
5461 they be documented here.</p>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005462
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005463<p>Some intrinsic functions can be overloaded, i.e., the intrinsic represents a
5464 family of functions that perform the same operation but on different data
5465 types. Because LLVM can represent over 8 million different integer types,
5466 overloading is used commonly to allow an intrinsic function to operate on any
5467 integer type. One or more of the argument types or the result type can be
5468 overloaded to accept any integer type. Argument types may also be defined as
5469 exactly matching a previous argument's type or the result type. This allows
5470 an intrinsic function which accepts multiple arguments, but needs all of them
5471 to be of the same type, to only be overloaded with respect to a single
5472 argument or the result.</p>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005473
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005474<p>Overloaded intrinsics will have the names of its overloaded argument types
5475 encoded into its function name, each preceded by a period. Only those types
5476 which are overloaded result in a name suffix. Arguments whose type is matched
5477 against another type do not. For example, the <tt>llvm.ctpop</tt> function
5478 can take an integer of any width and returns an integer of exactly the same
5479 integer width. This leads to a family of functions such as
5480 <tt>i8 @llvm.ctpop.i8(i8 %val)</tt> and <tt>i29 @llvm.ctpop.i29(i29
5481 %val)</tt>. Only one type, the return type, is overloaded, and only one type
5482 suffix is required. Because the argument's type is matched against the return
5483 type, it does not require its own name suffix.</p>
Reid Spencer4eefaab2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00005484
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00005485<p>To learn how to add an intrinsic function, please see the
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005486 <a href="ExtendingLLVM.html">Extending LLVM Guide</a>.</p>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005487
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005488</div>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005489
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005490<!-- ======================================================================= -->
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005491<div class="doc_subsection">
5492 <a name="int_varargs">Variable Argument Handling Intrinsics</a>
5493</div>
5494
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005495<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005496
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005497<p>Variable argument support is defined in LLVM with
5498 the <a href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a> instruction and these three
5499 intrinsic functions. These functions are related to the similarly named
5500 macros defined in the <tt>&lt;stdarg.h&gt;</tt> header file.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005501
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005502<p>All of these functions operate on arguments that use a target-specific value
5503 type "<tt>va_list</tt>". The LLVM assembly language reference manual does
5504 not define what this type is, so all transformations should be prepared to
5505 handle these functions regardless of the type used.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005506
Chris Lattner30b868d2006-05-15 17:26:46 +00005507<p>This example shows how the <a href="#i_va_arg"><tt>va_arg</tt></a>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005508 instruction and the variable argument handling intrinsic functions are
5509 used.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005510
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00005511<div class="doc_code">
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005512<pre>
Anton Korobeynikov640bbe02007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005513define i32 @test(i32 %X, ...) {
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005514 ; Initialize variable argument processing
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005515 %ap = alloca i8*
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005516 %ap2 = bitcast i8** %ap to i8*
Anton Korobeynikov640bbe02007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005517 call void @llvm.va_start(i8* %ap2)
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005518
5519 ; Read a single integer argument
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005520 %tmp = va_arg i8** %ap, i32
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005521
5522 ; Demonstrate usage of llvm.va_copy and llvm.va_end
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005523 %aq = alloca i8*
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005524 %aq2 = bitcast i8** %aq to i8*
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005525 call void @llvm.va_copy(i8* %aq2, i8* %ap2)
Anton Korobeynikov640bbe02007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005526 call void @llvm.va_end(i8* %aq2)
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005527
5528 ; Stop processing of arguments.
Anton Korobeynikov640bbe02007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005529 call void @llvm.va_end(i8* %ap2)
Reid Spencerb5ebf3d2006-12-31 07:07:53 +00005530 ret i32 %tmp
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005531}
Anton Korobeynikov640bbe02007-03-21 23:58:04 +00005532
5533declare void @llvm.va_start(i8*)
5534declare void @llvm.va_copy(i8*, i8*)
5535declare void @llvm.va_end(i8*)
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005536</pre>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005537</div>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005538
Bill Wendling3716c5d2007-05-29 09:04:49 +00005539</div>
5540
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005541<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005542<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005543 <a name="int_va_start">'<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005544</div>
5545
5546
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005547<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005548
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005549<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005550<pre>
5551 declare void %llvm.va_start(i8* &lt;arglist&gt;)
5552</pre>
5553
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005554<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005555<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic initializes <tt>*&lt;arglist&gt;</tt>
5556 for subsequent use by <tt><a href="#i_va_arg">va_arg</a></tt>.</p>
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005557
5558<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005559<p>The argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize.</p>
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005560
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005561<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Dan Gohmanef9462f2008-10-14 16:51:45 +00005562<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_start</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_start</tt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005563 macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it initializes
5564 the <tt>va_list</tt> element to which the argument points, so that the next
5565 call to <tt>va_arg</tt> will produce the first variable argument passed to
5566 the function. Unlike the C <tt>va_start</tt> macro, this intrinsic does not
5567 need to know the last argument of the function as the compiler can figure
5568 that out.</p>
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005569
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005570</div>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005571
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005572<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005573<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005574 <a name="int_va_end">'<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005575</div>
5576
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005577<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005578
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005579<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5580<pre>
5581 declare void @llvm.va_end(i8* &lt;arglist&gt;)
5582</pre>
5583
5584<h5>Overview:</h5>
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005585<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic destroys <tt>*&lt;arglist&gt;</tt>,
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005586 which has been initialized previously
5587 with <tt><a href="#int_va_start">llvm.va_start</a></tt>
5588 or <tt><a href="#i_va_copy">llvm.va_copy</a></tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005589
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005590<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005591<p>The argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> to destroy.</p>
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005592
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005593<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005594<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_end</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_end</tt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005595 macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it destroys
5596 the <tt>va_list</tt> element to which the argument points. Calls
5597 to <a href="#int_va_start"><tt>llvm.va_start</tt></a>
5598 and <a href="#int_va_copy"> <tt>llvm.va_copy</tt></a> must be matched exactly
5599 with calls to <tt>llvm.va_end</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerdb0790c2007-01-08 07:55:15 +00005600
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005601</div>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005602
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005603<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005604<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005605 <a name="int_va_copy">'<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005606</div>
5607
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005608<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005609
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005610<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005611<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005612 declare void @llvm.va_copy(i8* &lt;destarglist&gt;, i8* &lt;srcarglist&gt;)
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005613</pre>
5614
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005615<h5>Overview:</h5>
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005616<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic copies the current argument position
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005617 from the source argument list to the destination argument list.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005618
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005619<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Andrew Lenharth5fb787c2005-06-18 18:28:17 +00005620<p>The first argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to initialize.
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005621 The second argument is a pointer to a <tt>va_list</tt> element to copy
5622 from.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005623
Chris Lattnerbd64b4e2003-05-08 04:57:36 +00005624<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Jeff Cohen222a8a42007-04-29 01:07:00 +00005625<p>The '<tt>llvm.va_copy</tt>' intrinsic works just like the <tt>va_copy</tt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005626 macro available in C. In a target-dependent way, it copies the
5627 source <tt>va_list</tt> element into the destination <tt>va_list</tt>
5628 element. This intrinsic is necessary because
5629 the <tt><a href="#int_va_start"> llvm.va_start</a></tt> intrinsic may be
5630 arbitrarily complex and require, for example, memory allocation.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005631
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00005632</div>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00005633
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005634<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5635<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005636 <a name="int_gc">Accurate Garbage Collection Intrinsics</a>
5637</div>
5638
5639<div class="doc_text">
5640
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005641<p>LLVM support for <a href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage
Chris Lattner67c37d12008-08-05 18:29:16 +00005642Collection</a> (GC) requires the implementation and generation of these
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005643intrinsics. These intrinsics allow identification of <a href="#int_gcroot">GC
5644roots on the stack</a>, as well as garbage collector implementations that
5645require <a href="#int_gcread">read</a> and <a href="#int_gcwrite">write</a>
5646barriers. Front-ends for type-safe garbage collected languages should generate
5647these intrinsics to make use of the LLVM garbage collectors. For more details,
5648see <a href="GarbageCollection.html">Accurate Garbage Collection with
5649LLVM</a>.</p>
Christopher Lamb55c6d4f2007-12-17 01:00:21 +00005650
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005651<p>The garbage collection intrinsics only operate on objects in the generic
5652 address space (address space zero).</p>
Christopher Lamb55c6d4f2007-12-17 01:00:21 +00005653
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005654</div>
5655
5656<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5657<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005658 <a name="int_gcroot">'<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005659</div>
5660
5661<div class="doc_text">
5662
5663<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005664<pre>
Chris Lattner12477732007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005665 declare void @llvm.gcroot(i8** %ptrloc, i8* %metadata)
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005666</pre>
5667
5668<h5>Overview:</h5>
John Criswelldfe6a862004-12-10 15:51:16 +00005669<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>' intrinsic declares the existence of a GC root to
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005670 the code generator, and allows some metadata to be associated with it.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005671
5672<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005673<p>The first argument specifies the address of a stack object that contains the
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005674 root pointer. The second pointer (which must be either a constant or a
5675 global value address) contains the meta-data to be associated with the
5676 root.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005677
5678<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner851b7712008-04-24 05:59:56 +00005679<p>At runtime, a call to this intrinsic stores a null pointer into the "ptrloc"
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005680 location. At compile-time, the code generator generates information to allow
5681 the runtime to find the pointer at GC safe points. The '<tt>llvm.gcroot</tt>'
5682 intrinsic may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
5683 algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005684
5685</div>
5686
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005687<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5688<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005689 <a name="int_gcread">'<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005690</div>
5691
5692<div class="doc_text">
5693
5694<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005695<pre>
Chris Lattner12477732007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005696 declare i8* @llvm.gcread(i8* %ObjPtr, i8** %Ptr)
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005697</pre>
5698
5699<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005700<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic identifies reads of references from heap
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005701 locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require read
5702 barriers.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005703
5704<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf9228072006-03-14 20:02:51 +00005705<p>The second argument is the address to read from, which should be an address
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005706 allocated from the garbage collector. The first object is a pointer to the
5707 start of the referenced object, if needed by the language runtime (otherwise
5708 null).</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005709
5710<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005711<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a load
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005712 instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the
5713 garbage collector runtime, as needed. The '<tt>llvm.gcread</tt>' intrinsic
5714 may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
5715 algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005716
5717</div>
5718
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005719<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5720<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005721 <a name="int_gcwrite">'<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005722</div>
5723
5724<div class="doc_text">
5725
5726<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005727<pre>
Chris Lattner12477732007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005728 declare void @llvm.gcwrite(i8* %P1, i8* %Obj, i8** %P2)
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005729</pre>
5730
5731<h5>Overview:</h5>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005732<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic identifies writes of references to heap
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005733 locations, allowing garbage collector implementations that require write
5734 barriers (such as generational or reference counting collectors).</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005735
5736<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerf9228072006-03-14 20:02:51 +00005737<p>The first argument is the reference to store, the second is the start of the
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005738 object to store it to, and the third is the address of the field of Obj to
5739 store to. If the runtime does not require a pointer to the object, Obj may
5740 be null.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005741
5742<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005743<p>The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic has the same semantics as a store
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005744 instruction, but may be replaced with substantially more complex code by the
5745 garbage collector runtime, as needed. The '<tt>llvm.gcwrite</tt>' intrinsic
5746 may only be used in a function which <a href="#gc">specifies a GC
5747 algorithm</a>.</p>
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005748
5749</div>
5750
Chris Lattner757528b0b2004-05-23 21:06:01 +00005751<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5752<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005753 <a name="int_codegen">Code Generator Intrinsics</a>
5754</div>
5755
5756<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005757
5758<p>These intrinsics are provided by LLVM to expose special features that may
5759 only be implemented with code generator support.</p>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005760
5761</div>
5762
5763<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5764<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005765 <a name="int_returnaddress">'<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005766</div>
5767
5768<div class="doc_text">
5769
5770<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5771<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005772 declare i8 *@llvm.returnaddress(i32 &lt;level&gt;)
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005773</pre>
5774
5775<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005776<p>The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to compute a
5777 target-specific value indicating the return address of the current function
5778 or one of its callers.</p>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005779
5780<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005781<p>The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the address
5782 for. Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller, etc.
5783 The argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value.</p>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005784
5785<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005786<p>The '<tt>llvm.returnaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer
5787 indicating the return address of the specified call frame, or zero if it
5788 cannot be identified. The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be
5789 incorrect or 0 for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for
5790 debugging purposes.</p>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005791
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005792<p>Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other
5793 aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the
5794 obvious source-language caller.</p>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005795
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005796</div>
5797
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005798<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5799<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005800 <a name="int_frameaddress">'<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005801</div>
5802
5803<div class="doc_text">
5804
5805<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5806<pre>
Chris Lattner12477732007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005807 declare i8 *@llvm.frameaddress(i32 &lt;level&gt;)
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005808</pre>
5809
5810<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005811<p>The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic attempts to return the
5812 target-specific frame pointer value for the specified stack frame.</p>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005813
5814<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005815<p>The argument to this intrinsic indicates which function to return the frame
5816 pointer for. Zero indicates the calling function, one indicates its caller,
5817 etc. The argument is <b>required</b> to be a constant integer value.</p>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005818
5819<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005820<p>The '<tt>llvm.frameaddress</tt>' intrinsic either returns a pointer
5821 indicating the frame address of the specified call frame, or zero if it
5822 cannot be identified. The value returned by this intrinsic is likely to be
5823 incorrect or 0 for arguments other than zero, so it should only be used for
5824 debugging purposes.</p>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005825
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005826<p>Note that calling this intrinsic does not prevent function inlining or other
5827 aggressive transformations, so the value returned may not be that of the
5828 obvious source-language caller.</p>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005829
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005830</div>
5831
Chris Lattnerc8a2c222005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005832<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5833<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005834 <a name="int_stacksave">'<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner2f0f0012006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005835</div>
5836
5837<div class="doc_text">
5838
5839<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5840<pre>
Chris Lattner12477732007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005841 declare i8 *@llvm.stacksave()
Chris Lattner2f0f0012006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005842</pre>
5843
5844<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005845<p>The '<tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>' intrinsic is used to remember the current state
5846 of the function stack, for use
5847 with <a href="#int_stackrestore"> <tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>. This is
5848 useful for implementing language features like scoped automatic variable
5849 sized arrays in C99.</p>
Chris Lattner2f0f0012006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005850
5851<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005852<p>This intrinsic returns a opaque pointer value that can be passed
5853 to <a href="#int_stackrestore"><tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt></a>. When
5854 an <tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt> intrinsic is executed with a value saved
5855 from <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt>, it effectively restores the state of the stack
5856 to the state it was in when the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> intrinsic executed.
5857 In practice, this pops any <a href="#i_alloca">alloca</a> blocks from the
5858 stack that were allocated after the <tt>llvm.stacksave</tt> was executed.</p>
Chris Lattner2f0f0012006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005859
5860</div>
5861
5862<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5863<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005864 <a name="int_stackrestore">'<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner2f0f0012006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005865</div>
5866
5867<div class="doc_text">
5868
5869<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5870<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005871 declare void @llvm.stackrestore(i8 * %ptr)
Chris Lattner2f0f0012006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005872</pre>
5873
5874<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005875<p>The '<tt>llvm.stackrestore</tt>' intrinsic is used to restore the state of
5876 the function stack to the state it was in when the
5877 corresponding <a href="#int_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a> intrinsic
5878 executed. This is useful for implementing language features like scoped
5879 automatic variable sized arrays in C99.</p>
Chris Lattner2f0f0012006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005880
5881<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005882<p>See the description
5883 for <a href="#int_stacksave"><tt>llvm.stacksave</tt></a>.</p>
Chris Lattner2f0f0012006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005884
5885</div>
5886
Chris Lattner2f0f0012006-01-13 02:03:13 +00005887<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5888<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005889 <a name="int_prefetch">'<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerc8a2c222005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005890</div>
5891
5892<div class="doc_text">
5893
5894<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5895<pre>
Chris Lattner12477732007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005896 declare void @llvm.prefetch(i8* &lt;address&gt;, i32 &lt;rw&gt;, i32 &lt;locality&gt;)
Chris Lattnerc8a2c222005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005897</pre>
5898
5899<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005900<p>The '<tt>llvm.prefetch</tt>' intrinsic is a hint to the code generator to
5901 insert a prefetch instruction if supported; otherwise, it is a noop.
5902 Prefetches have no effect on the behavior of the program but can change its
5903 performance characteristics.</p>
Chris Lattnerc8a2c222005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005904
5905<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005906<p><tt>address</tt> is the address to be prefetched, <tt>rw</tt> is the
5907 specifier determining if the fetch should be for a read (0) or write (1),
5908 and <tt>locality</tt> is a temporal locality specifier ranging from (0) - no
5909 locality, to (3) - extremely local keep in cache. The <tt>rw</tt>
5910 and <tt>locality</tt> arguments must be constant integers.</p>
Chris Lattnerc8a2c222005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005911
5912<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005913<p>This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program. In particular,
5914 prefetches cannot trap and do not produce a value. On targets that support
5915 this intrinsic, the prefetch can provide hints to the processor cache for
5916 better performance.</p>
Chris Lattnerc8a2c222005-02-28 19:24:19 +00005917
5918</div>
5919
Andrew Lenharthb4427912005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005920<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5921<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005922 <a name="int_pcmarker">'<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharthb4427912005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005923</div>
5924
5925<div class="doc_text">
5926
5927<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5928<pre>
Chris Lattner12477732007-09-21 17:30:40 +00005929 declare void @llvm.pcmarker(i32 &lt;id&gt;)
Andrew Lenharthb4427912005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005930</pre>
5931
5932<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005933<p>The '<tt>llvm.pcmarker</tt>' intrinsic is a method to export a Program
5934 Counter (PC) in a region of code to simulators and other tools. The method
5935 is target specific, but it is expected that the marker will use exported
5936 symbols to transmit the PC of the marker. The marker makes no guarantees
5937 that it will remain with any specific instruction after optimizations. It is
5938 possible that the presence of a marker will inhibit optimizations. The
5939 intended use is to be inserted after optimizations to allow correlations of
5940 simulation runs.</p>
Andrew Lenharthb4427912005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005941
5942<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005943<p><tt>id</tt> is a numerical id identifying the marker.</p>
Andrew Lenharthb4427912005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005944
5945<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005946<p>This intrinsic does not modify the behavior of the program. Backends that do
Dan Gohmana269a0a2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00005947 not support this intrinsic may ignore it.</p>
Andrew Lenharthb4427912005-03-28 20:05:49 +00005948
5949</div>
5950
Andrew Lenharth01aa5632005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005951<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5952<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005953 <a name="int_readcyclecounter">'<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth01aa5632005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005954</div>
5955
5956<div class="doc_text">
5957
5958<h5>Syntax:</h5>
5959<pre>
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00005960 declare i64 @llvm.readcyclecounter( )
Andrew Lenharth01aa5632005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005961</pre>
5962
5963<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005964<p>The '<tt>llvm.readcyclecounter</tt>' intrinsic provides access to the cycle
5965 counter register (or similar low latency, high accuracy clocks) on those
5966 targets that support it. On X86, it should map to RDTSC. On Alpha, it
5967 should map to RPCC. As the backing counters overflow quickly (on the order
5968 of 9 seconds on alpha), this should only be used for small timings.</p>
Andrew Lenharth01aa5632005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005969
5970<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005971<p>When directly supported, reading the cycle counter should not modify any
5972 memory. Implementations are allowed to either return a application specific
5973 value or a system wide value. On backends without support, this is lowered
5974 to a constant 0.</p>
Andrew Lenharth01aa5632005-11-11 16:47:30 +00005975
5976</div>
5977
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00005978<!-- ======================================================================= -->
5979<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005980 <a name="int_libc">Standard C Library Intrinsics</a>
5981</div>
5982
5983<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00005984
5985<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important standard C library functions.
5986 These intrinsics allow source-language front-ends to pass information about
5987 the alignment of the pointer arguments to the code generator, providing
5988 opportunity for more efficient code generation.</p>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005989
5990</div>
5991
5992<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
5993<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00005994 <a name="int_memcpy">'<tt>llvm.memcpy</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00005995</div>
5996
5997<div class="doc_text">
5998
5999<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006000<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.memcpy</tt> on any
Mon P Wang508127b2010-04-07 06:35:53 +00006001 integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets support
6002 all bit widths however.</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006003
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00006004<pre>
Chris Lattnerbd4ca622010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006005 declare void @llvm.memcpy.p0i8.p0i8.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
6006 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;, i1 &lt;isvolatile&gt;)
6007 declare void @llvm.memcpy.p0i8.p0i8.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
6008 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;, i1 &lt;isvolatile&gt;)
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00006009</pre>
6010
6011<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006012<p>The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
6013 source location to the destination location.</p>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00006014
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006015<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>
Chris Lattnerbd4ca622010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006016 intrinsics do not return a value, takes extra alignment/isvolatile arguments
6017 and the pointers can be in specified address spaces.</p>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00006018
6019<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbd4ca622010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006020
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006021<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer
6022 to the source. The third argument is an integer argument specifying the
Chris Lattnerbd4ca622010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006023 number of bytes to copy, the fourth argument is the alignment of the
6024 source and destination locations, and the fifth is a boolean indicating a
6025 volatile access.</p>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00006026
Dan Gohmana269a0a2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00006027<p>If the call to this intrinsic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006028 then the caller guarantees that both the source and destination pointers are
6029 aligned to that boundary.</p>
Chris Lattner4c67c482004-02-12 21:18:15 +00006030
Jeffrey Yasskin5d284ae2010-04-26 21:21:24 +00006031<p>If the <tt>isvolatile</tt> parameter is <tt>true</tt>, the
6032 <tt>llvm.memcpy</tt> call is a <a href="#volatile">volatile operation</a>.
6033 The detailed access behavior is not very cleanly specified and it is unwise
6034 to depend on it.</p>
Chris Lattnerbd4ca622010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006035
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00006036<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbd4ca622010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006037
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006038<p>The '<tt>llvm.memcpy.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
6039 source location to the destination location, which are not allowed to
6040 overlap. It copies "len" bytes of memory over. If the argument is known to
6041 be aligned to some boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument,
6042 otherwise it should be set to 0 or 1.</p>
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00006043
Chris Lattnerfee11462004-02-12 17:01:32 +00006044</div>
6045
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006046<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6047<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00006048 <a name="int_memmove">'<tt>llvm.memmove</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006049</div>
6050
6051<div class="doc_text">
6052
6053<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerdd708342008-11-21 16:42:48 +00006054<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.memmove on any integer bit
Mon P Wang508127b2010-04-07 06:35:53 +00006055 width and for different address space. Not all targets support all bit
6056 widths however.</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006057
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006058<pre>
Chris Lattnerbd4ca622010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006059 declare void @llvm.memmove.p0i8.p0i8.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
6060 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;, i1 &lt;isvolatile&gt;)
6061 declare void @llvm.memmove.p0i8.p0i8.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 * &lt;src&gt;,
6062 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;, i1 &lt;isvolatile&gt;)
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006063</pre>
6064
6065<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006066<p>The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics move a block of memory from the
6067 source location to the destination location. It is similar to the
6068 '<tt>llvm.memcpy</tt>' intrinsic but allows the two memory locations to
6069 overlap.</p>
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006070
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006071<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>
Chris Lattnerbd4ca622010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006072 intrinsics do not return a value, takes extra alignment/isvolatile arguments
6073 and the pointers can be in specified address spaces.</p>
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006074
6075<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbd4ca622010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006076
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006077<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination, the second is a pointer
6078 to the source. The third argument is an integer argument specifying the
Chris Lattnerbd4ca622010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006079 number of bytes to copy, the fourth argument is the alignment of the
6080 source and destination locations, and the fifth is a boolean indicating a
6081 volatile access.</p>
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006082
Dan Gohmana269a0a2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00006083<p>If the call to this intrinsic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006084 then the caller guarantees that the source and destination pointers are
6085 aligned to that boundary.</p>
Chris Lattner4c67c482004-02-12 21:18:15 +00006086
Jeffrey Yasskin5d284ae2010-04-26 21:21:24 +00006087<p>If the <tt>isvolatile</tt> parameter is <tt>true</tt>, the
6088 <tt>llvm.memmove</tt> call is a <a href="#volatile">volatile operation</a>.
6089 The detailed access behavior is not very cleanly specified and it is unwise
6090 to depend on it.</p>
Chris Lattnerbd4ca622010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006091
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006092<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Chris Lattnerbd4ca622010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006093
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006094<p>The '<tt>llvm.memmove.*</tt>' intrinsics copy a block of memory from the
6095 source location to the destination location, which may overlap. It copies
6096 "len" bytes of memory over. If the argument is known to be aligned to some
6097 boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should
6098 be set to 0 or 1.</p>
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006099
Chris Lattnerf30152e2004-02-12 18:10:10 +00006100</div>
6101
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006102<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6103<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00006104 <a name="int_memset">'<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006105</div>
6106
6107<div class="doc_text">
6108
6109<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Chris Lattnerdd708342008-11-21 16:42:48 +00006110<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.memset on any integer bit
Mon P Wang508127b2010-04-07 06:35:53 +00006111 width and for different address spaces. Not all targets support all bit
6112 widths however.</p>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006113
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006114<pre>
Chris Lattnerbd4ca622010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006115 declare void @llvm.memset.p0i8.i32(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
Chris Lattner685db9d2010-04-08 00:54:34 +00006116 i32 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;, i1 &lt;isvolatile&gt;)
Chris Lattnerbd4ca622010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006117 declare void @llvm.memset.p0i8.i64(i8 * &lt;dest&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt;,
Chris Lattner685db9d2010-04-08 00:54:34 +00006118 i64 &lt;len&gt;, i32 &lt;align&gt;, i1 &lt;isvolatile&gt;)
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006119</pre>
6120
6121<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006122<p>The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill a block of memory with a
6123 particular byte value.</p>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006124
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006125<p>Note that, unlike the standard libc function, the <tt>llvm.memset</tt>
Chris Lattnerbd4ca622010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006126 intrinsic does not return a value, takes extra alignment/volatile arguments,
6127 and the destination can be in an arbitrary address space.</p>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006128
6129<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006130<p>The first argument is a pointer to the destination to fill, the second is the
6131 byte value to fill it with, the third argument is an integer argument
6132 specifying the number of bytes to fill, and the fourth argument is the known
6133 alignment of destination location.</p>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006134
Dan Gohmana269a0a2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00006135<p>If the call to this intrinsic has an alignment value that is not 0 or 1,
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006136 then the caller guarantees that the destination pointer is aligned to that
6137 boundary.</p>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006138
Jeffrey Yasskin5d284ae2010-04-26 21:21:24 +00006139<p>If the <tt>isvolatile</tt> parameter is <tt>true</tt>, the
6140 <tt>llvm.memset</tt> call is a <a href="#volatile">volatile operation</a>.
6141 The detailed access behavior is not very cleanly specified and it is unwise
6142 to depend on it.</p>
Chris Lattnerbd4ca622010-04-08 00:53:57 +00006143
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006144<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006145<p>The '<tt>llvm.memset.*</tt>' intrinsics fill "len" bytes of memory starting
6146 at the destination location. If the argument is known to be aligned to some
6147 boundary, this can be specified as the fourth argument, otherwise it should
6148 be set to 0 or 1.</p>
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006149
Chris Lattner3649c3a2004-02-14 04:08:35 +00006150</div>
6151
Chris Lattner3b4f4372004-06-11 02:28:03 +00006152<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6153<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00006154 <a name="int_sqrt">'<tt>llvm.sqrt.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner8a8f2e52005-07-21 01:29:16 +00006155</div>
6156
6157<div class="doc_text">
6158
6159<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006160<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> on any
6161 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
6162 types however.</p>
6163
Chris Lattner8a8f2e52005-07-21 01:29:16 +00006164<pre>
Dale Johannesendd89d272007-10-02 17:47:38 +00006165 declare float @llvm.sqrt.f32(float %Val)
6166 declare double @llvm.sqrt.f64(double %Val)
6167 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.sqrt.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
6168 declare fp128 @llvm.sqrt.f128(fp128 %Val)
6169 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.sqrt.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
Chris Lattner8a8f2e52005-07-21 01:29:16 +00006170</pre>
6171
6172<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006173<p>The '<tt>llvm.sqrt</tt>' intrinsics return the sqrt of the specified operand,
6174 returning the same value as the libm '<tt>sqrt</tt>' functions would.
6175 Unlike <tt>sqrt</tt> in libm, however, <tt>llvm.sqrt</tt> has undefined
6176 behavior for negative numbers other than -0.0 (which allows for better
6177 optimization, because there is no need to worry about errno being
6178 set). <tt>llvm.sqrt(-0.0)</tt> is defined to return -0.0 like IEEE sqrt.</p>
Chris Lattner8a8f2e52005-07-21 01:29:16 +00006179
6180<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006181<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
6182 type.</p>
Chris Lattner8a8f2e52005-07-21 01:29:16 +00006183
6184<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006185<p>This function returns the sqrt of the specified operand if it is a
6186 nonnegative floating point number.</p>
Chris Lattner8a8f2e52005-07-21 01:29:16 +00006187
Chris Lattner8a8f2e52005-07-21 01:29:16 +00006188</div>
6189
Chris Lattner33b73f92006-09-08 06:34:02 +00006190<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6191<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00006192 <a name="int_powi">'<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattner33b73f92006-09-08 06:34:02 +00006193</div>
6194
6195<div class="doc_text">
6196
6197<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006198<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.powi</tt> on any
6199 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
6200 types however.</p>
6201
Chris Lattner33b73f92006-09-08 06:34:02 +00006202<pre>
Dale Johannesendd89d272007-10-02 17:47:38 +00006203 declare float @llvm.powi.f32(float %Val, i32 %power)
6204 declare double @llvm.powi.f64(double %Val, i32 %power)
6205 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.powi.f80(x86_fp80 %Val, i32 %power)
6206 declare fp128 @llvm.powi.f128(fp128 %Val, i32 %power)
6207 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.powi.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val, i32 %power)
Chris Lattner33b73f92006-09-08 06:34:02 +00006208</pre>
6209
6210<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006211<p>The '<tt>llvm.powi.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the
6212 specified (positive or negative) power. The order of evaluation of
6213 multiplications is not defined. When a vector of floating point type is
6214 used, the second argument remains a scalar integer value.</p>
Chris Lattner33b73f92006-09-08 06:34:02 +00006215
6216<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006217<p>The second argument is an integer power, and the first is a value to raise to
6218 that power.</p>
Chris Lattner33b73f92006-09-08 06:34:02 +00006219
6220<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006221<p>This function returns the first value raised to the second power with an
6222 unspecified sequence of rounding operations.</p>
Chris Lattner33b73f92006-09-08 06:34:02 +00006223
Chris Lattner33b73f92006-09-08 06:34:02 +00006224</div>
6225
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006226<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6227<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6228 <a name="int_sin">'<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6229</div>
6230
6231<div class="doc_text">
6232
6233<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006234<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sin</tt> on any
6235 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
6236 types however.</p>
6237
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006238<pre>
6239 declare float @llvm.sin.f32(float %Val)
6240 declare double @llvm.sin.f64(double %Val)
6241 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.sin.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
6242 declare fp128 @llvm.sin.f128(fp128 %Val)
6243 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.sin.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
6244</pre>
6245
6246<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006247<p>The '<tt>llvm.sin.*</tt>' intrinsics return the sine of the operand.</p>
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006248
6249<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006250<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
6251 type.</p>
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006252
6253<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006254<p>This function returns the sine of the specified operand, returning the same
6255 values as the libm <tt>sin</tt> functions would, and handles error conditions
6256 in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006257
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006258</div>
6259
6260<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6261<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6262 <a name="int_cos">'<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6263</div>
6264
6265<div class="doc_text">
6266
6267<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006268<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.cos</tt> on any
6269 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
6270 types however.</p>
6271
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006272<pre>
6273 declare float @llvm.cos.f32(float %Val)
6274 declare double @llvm.cos.f64(double %Val)
6275 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.cos.f80(x86_fp80 %Val)
6276 declare fp128 @llvm.cos.f128(fp128 %Val)
6277 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.cos.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val)
6278</pre>
6279
6280<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006281<p>The '<tt>llvm.cos.*</tt>' intrinsics return the cosine of the operand.</p>
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006282
6283<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006284<p>The argument and return value are floating point numbers of the same
6285 type.</p>
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006286
6287<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006288<p>This function returns the cosine of the specified operand, returning the same
6289 values as the libm <tt>cos</tt> functions would, and handles error conditions
6290 in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006291
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006292</div>
6293
6294<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6295<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6296 <a name="int_pow">'<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6297</div>
6298
6299<div class="doc_text">
6300
6301<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006302<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.pow</tt> on any
6303 floating point or vector of floating point type. Not all targets support all
6304 types however.</p>
6305
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006306<pre>
6307 declare float @llvm.pow.f32(float %Val, float %Power)
6308 declare double @llvm.pow.f64(double %Val, double %Power)
6309 declare x86_fp80 @llvm.pow.f80(x86_fp80 %Val, x86_fp80 %Power)
6310 declare fp128 @llvm.pow.f128(fp128 %Val, fp128 %Power)
6311 declare ppc_fp128 @llvm.pow.ppcf128(ppc_fp128 %Val, ppc_fp128 Power)
6312</pre>
6313
6314<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006315<p>The '<tt>llvm.pow.*</tt>' intrinsics return the first operand raised to the
6316 specified (positive or negative) power.</p>
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006317
6318<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006319<p>The second argument is a floating point power, and the first is a value to
6320 raise to that power.</p>
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006321
6322<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006323<p>This function returns the first value raised to the second power, returning
6324 the same values as the libm <tt>pow</tt> functions would, and handles error
6325 conditions in the same way.</p>
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006326
Dan Gohmanb6324c12007-10-15 20:30:11 +00006327</div>
6328
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006329<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6330<div class="doc_subsection">
Nate Begeman0f223bb2006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006331 <a name="int_manip">Bit Manipulation Intrinsics</a>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006332</div>
6333
6334<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006335
6336<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for a few important bit manipulation operations.
6337 These allow efficient code generation for some algorithms.</p>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006338
6339</div>
6340
6341<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6342<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencer96a5f022007-04-04 02:42:35 +00006343 <a name="int_bswap">'<tt>llvm.bswap.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Nate Begeman0f223bb2006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006344</div>
6345
6346<div class="doc_text">
6347
6348<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer4eefaab2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00006349<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic function. You can use bswap on any integer
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006350 type that is an even number of bytes (i.e. BitWidth % 16 == 0).</p>
6351
Nate Begeman0f223bb2006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006352<pre>
Chandler Carruth7132e002007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006353 declare i16 @llvm.bswap.i16(i16 &lt;id&gt;)
6354 declare i32 @llvm.bswap.i32(i32 &lt;id&gt;)
6355 declare i64 @llvm.bswap.i64(i64 &lt;id&gt;)
Nate Begeman0f223bb2006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006356</pre>
6357
6358<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006359<p>The '<tt>llvm.bswap</tt>' family of intrinsics is used to byte swap integer
6360 values with an even number of bytes (positive multiple of 16 bits). These
6361 are useful for performing operations on data that is not in the target's
6362 native byte order.</p>
Nate Begeman0f223bb2006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006363
6364<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006365<p>The <tt>llvm.bswap.i16</tt> intrinsic returns an i16 value that has the high
6366 and low byte of the input i16 swapped. Similarly,
6367 the <tt>llvm.bswap.i32</tt> intrinsic returns an i32 value that has the four
6368 bytes of the input i32 swapped, so that if the input bytes are numbered 0, 1,
6369 2, 3 then the returned i32 will have its bytes in 3, 2, 1, 0 order.
6370 The <tt>llvm.bswap.i48</tt>, <tt>llvm.bswap.i64</tt> and other intrinsics
6371 extend this concept to additional even-byte lengths (6 bytes, 8 bytes and
6372 more, respectively).</p>
Nate Begeman0f223bb2006-01-13 23:26:38 +00006373
6374</div>
6375
6376<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6377<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Reid Spencerb4f9a6f2006-01-16 21:12:35 +00006378 <a name="int_ctpop">'<tt>llvm.ctpop.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006379</div>
6380
6381<div class="doc_text">
6382
6383<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Reid Spencer4eefaab2007-04-01 08:04:23 +00006384<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use llvm.ctpop on any integer bit
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006385 width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6386
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006387<pre>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006388 declare i8 @llvm.ctpop.i8(i8 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth7132e002007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006389 declare i16 @llvm.ctpop.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00006390 declare i32 @llvm.ctpop.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth7132e002007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006391 declare i64 @llvm.ctpop.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
6392 declare i256 @llvm.ctpop.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006393</pre>
6394
6395<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006396<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' family of intrinsics counts the number of bits set
6397 in a value.</p>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006398
6399<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006400<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
6401 integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006402
6403<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006404<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctpop</tt>' intrinsic counts the 1's in a variable.</p>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006405
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006406</div>
6407
6408<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6409<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerb748c672006-01-16 22:34:14 +00006410 <a name="int_ctlz">'<tt>llvm.ctlz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006411</div>
6412
6413<div class="doc_text">
6414
6415<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006416<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.ctlz</tt> on any
6417 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6418
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006419<pre>
Chandler Carruth7132e002007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006420 declare i8 @llvm.ctlz.i8 (i8 &lt;src&gt;)
6421 declare i16 @llvm.ctlz.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00006422 declare i32 @llvm.ctlz.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth7132e002007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006423 declare i64 @llvm.ctlz.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
6424 declare i256 @llvm.ctlz.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006425</pre>
6426
6427<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006428<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of
6429 leading zeros in a variable.</p>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006430
6431<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006432<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
6433 integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006434
6435<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006436<p>The '<tt>llvm.ctlz</tt>' intrinsic counts the leading (most significant)
6437 zeros in a variable. If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of
6438 the type of src. For example, <tt>llvm.ctlz(i32 2) = 30</tt>.</p>
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006439
Andrew Lenharth1d463522005-05-03 18:01:48 +00006440</div>
Chris Lattner3b4f4372004-06-11 02:28:03 +00006441
Chris Lattnerefa20fa2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006442<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6443<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerb748c672006-01-16 22:34:14 +00006444 <a name="int_cttz">'<tt>llvm.cttz.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Chris Lattnerefa20fa2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006445</div>
6446
6447<div class="doc_text">
6448
6449<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006450<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.cttz</tt> on any
6451 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
6452
Chris Lattnerefa20fa2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006453<pre>
Chandler Carruth7132e002007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006454 declare i8 @llvm.cttz.i8 (i8 &lt;src&gt;)
6455 declare i16 @llvm.cttz.i16(i16 &lt;src&gt;)
Anton Korobeynikovbe9c93c2007-03-22 00:02:17 +00006456 declare i32 @llvm.cttz.i32(i32 &lt;src&gt;)
Chandler Carruth7132e002007-08-04 01:51:18 +00006457 declare i64 @llvm.cttz.i64(i64 &lt;src&gt;)
6458 declare i256 @llvm.cttz.i256(i256 &lt;src&gt;)
Chris Lattnerefa20fa2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006459</pre>
6460
6461<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006462<p>The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' family of intrinsic functions counts the number of
6463 trailing zeros.</p>
Chris Lattnerefa20fa2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006464
6465<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006466<p>The only argument is the value to be counted. The argument may be of any
6467 integer type. The return type must match the argument type.</p>
Chris Lattnerefa20fa2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006468
6469<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006470<p>The '<tt>llvm.cttz</tt>' intrinsic counts the trailing (least significant)
6471 zeros in a variable. If the src == 0 then the result is the size in bits of
6472 the type of src. For example, <tt>llvm.cttz(2) = 1</tt>.</p>
Chris Lattnerefa20fa2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006473
Chris Lattnerefa20fa2005-05-15 19:39:26 +00006474</div>
6475
Bill Wendlingfd2bd722009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006476<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6477<div class="doc_subsection">
6478 <a name="int_overflow">Arithmetic with Overflow Intrinsics</a>
6479</div>
6480
6481<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006482
6483<p>LLVM provides intrinsics for some arithmetic with overflow operations.</p>
Bill Wendlingfd2bd722009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006484
6485</div>
6486
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006487<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6488<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingfd2bd722009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006489 <a name="int_sadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006490</div>
6491
6492<div class="doc_text">
6493
6494<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006495<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006496 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006497
6498<pre>
6499 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6500 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6501 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6502</pre>
6503
6504<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006505<p>The '<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006506 a signed addition of the two arguments, and indicate whether an overflow
6507 occurred during the signed summation.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006508
6509<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006510<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006511 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6512 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6513 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6514 undergo signed addition.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006515
6516<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006517<p>The '<tt>llvm.sadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006518 a signed addition of the two variables. They return a structure &mdash; the
6519 first element of which is the signed summation, and the second element of
6520 which is a bit specifying if the signed summation resulted in an
6521 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006522
6523<h5>Examples:</h5>
6524<pre>
6525 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.sadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6526 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6527 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6528 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6529</pre>
6530
6531</div>
6532
6533<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6534<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingfd2bd722009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006535 <a name="int_uadd_overflow">'<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006536</div>
6537
6538<div class="doc_text">
6539
6540<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006541<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006542 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006543
6544<pre>
6545 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6546 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6547 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6548</pre>
6549
6550<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006551<p>The '<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006552 an unsigned addition of the two arguments, and indicate whether a carry
6553 occurred during the unsigned summation.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006554
6555<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006556<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006557 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6558 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6559 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6560 undergo unsigned addition.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006561
6562<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006563<p>The '<tt>llvm.uadd.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006564 an unsigned addition of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6565 the first element of which is the sum, and the second element of which is a
6566 bit specifying if the unsigned summation resulted in a carry.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006567
6568<h5>Examples:</h5>
6569<pre>
6570 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.uadd.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6571 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6572 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6573 br i1 %obit, label %carry, label %normal
6574</pre>
6575
6576</div>
6577
6578<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6579<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingfd2bd722009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006580 <a name="int_ssub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006581</div>
6582
6583<div class="doc_text">
6584
6585<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006586<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006587 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006588
6589<pre>
6590 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6591 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6592 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6593</pre>
6594
6595<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006596<p>The '<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006597 a signed subtraction of the two arguments, and indicate whether an overflow
6598 occurred during the signed subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006599
6600<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006601<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006602 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6603 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6604 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6605 undergo signed subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006606
6607<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006608<p>The '<tt>llvm.ssub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006609 a signed subtraction of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6610 the first element of which is the subtraction, and the second element of
6611 which is a bit specifying if the signed subtraction resulted in an
6612 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006613
6614<h5>Examples:</h5>
6615<pre>
6616 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.ssub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6617 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6618 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6619 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6620</pre>
6621
6622</div>
6623
6624<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6625<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingfd2bd722009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006626 <a name="int_usub_overflow">'<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006627</div>
6628
6629<div class="doc_text">
6630
6631<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006632<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006633 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006634
6635<pre>
6636 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6637 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6638 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6639</pre>
6640
6641<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006642<p>The '<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006643 an unsigned subtraction of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
6644 overflow occurred during the unsigned subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006645
6646<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006647<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006648 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6649 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6650 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6651 undergo unsigned subtraction.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006652
6653<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006654<p>The '<tt>llvm.usub.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006655 an unsigned subtraction of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6656 the first element of which is the subtraction, and the second element of
6657 which is a bit specifying if the unsigned subtraction resulted in an
6658 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006659
6660<h5>Examples:</h5>
6661<pre>
6662 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.usub.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6663 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6664 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6665 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6666</pre>
6667
6668</div>
6669
6670<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6671<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Bill Wendlingfd2bd722009-02-08 04:04:40 +00006672 <a name="int_smul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006673</div>
6674
6675<div class="doc_text">
6676
6677<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006678<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006679 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006680
6681<pre>
6682 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6683 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6684 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6685</pre>
6686
6687<h5>Overview:</h5>
6688
6689<p>The '<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006690 a signed multiplication of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
6691 overflow occurred during the signed multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006692
6693<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006694<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006695 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6696 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6697 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6698 undergo signed multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006699
6700<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006701<p>The '<tt>llvm.smul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006702 a signed multiplication of the two arguments. They return a structure &mdash;
6703 the first element of which is the multiplication, and the second element of
6704 which is a bit specifying if the signed multiplication resulted in an
6705 overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingf4d70622009-02-08 01:40:31 +00006706
6707<h5>Examples:</h5>
6708<pre>
6709 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.smul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6710 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6711 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6712 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6713</pre>
6714
Reid Spencer5bf54c82007-04-11 23:23:49 +00006715</div>
6716
Bill Wendlingb9a73272009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006717<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6718<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6719 <a name="int_umul_overflow">'<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow.*</tt>' Intrinsics</a>
6720</div>
6721
6722<div class="doc_text">
6723
6724<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingb9a73272009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006725<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006726 on any integer bit width.</p>
Bill Wendlingb9a73272009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006727
6728<pre>
6729 declare {i16, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i16(i16 %a, i16 %b)
6730 declare {i32, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6731 declare {i64, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i64(i64 %a, i64 %b)
6732</pre>
6733
6734<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingb9a73272009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006735<p>The '<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006736 a unsigned multiplication of the two arguments, and indicate whether an
6737 overflow occurred during the unsigned multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendlingb9a73272009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006738
6739<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingb9a73272009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006740<p>The arguments (%a and %b) and the first element of the result structure may
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006741 be of integer types of any bit width, but they must have the same bit
6742 width. The second element of the result structure must be of
6743 type <tt>i1</tt>. <tt>%a</tt> and <tt>%b</tt> are the two values that will
6744 undergo unsigned multiplication.</p>
Bill Wendlingb9a73272009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006745
6746<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingb9a73272009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006747<p>The '<tt>llvm.umul.with.overflow</tt>' family of intrinsic functions perform
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006748 an unsigned multiplication of the two arguments. They return a structure
6749 &mdash; the first element of which is the multiplication, and the second
6750 element of which is a bit specifying if the unsigned multiplication resulted
6751 in an overflow.</p>
Bill Wendlingb9a73272009-02-08 23:00:09 +00006752
6753<h5>Examples:</h5>
6754<pre>
6755 %res = call {i32, i1} @llvm.umul.with.overflow.i32(i32 %a, i32 %b)
6756 %sum = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 0
6757 %obit = extractvalue {i32, i1} %res, 1
6758 br i1 %obit, label %overflow, label %normal
6759</pre>
6760
6761</div>
6762
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006763<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6764<div class="doc_subsection">
Anton Korobeynikovcd4dd9c2010-03-14 18:42:47 +00006765 <a name="int_fp16">Half Precision Floating Point Intrinsics</a>
6766</div>
6767
6768<div class="doc_text">
6769
Chris Lattner022a9fb2010-03-15 04:12:21 +00006770<p>Half precision floating point is a storage-only format. This means that it is
6771 a dense encoding (in memory) but does not support computation in the
6772 format.</p>
Chris Lattnerbbd8bd32010-03-14 23:03:31 +00006773
Chris Lattner022a9fb2010-03-15 04:12:21 +00006774<p>This means that code must first load the half-precision floating point
Chris Lattnerbbd8bd32010-03-14 23:03:31 +00006775 value as an i16, then convert it to float with <a
6776 href="#int_convert_from_fp16"><tt>llvm.convert.from.fp16</tt></a>.
6777 Computation can then be performed on the float value (including extending to
Chris Lattner022a9fb2010-03-15 04:12:21 +00006778 double etc). To store the value back to memory, it is first converted to
6779 float if needed, then converted to i16 with
Chris Lattnerbbd8bd32010-03-14 23:03:31 +00006780 <a href="#int_convert_to_fp16"><tt>llvm.convert.to.fp16</tt></a>, then
6781 storing as an i16 value.</p>
Anton Korobeynikovcd4dd9c2010-03-14 18:42:47 +00006782</div>
6783
6784<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6785<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerbbd8bd32010-03-14 23:03:31 +00006786 <a name="int_convert_to_fp16">'<tt>llvm.convert.to.fp16</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Anton Korobeynikovcd4dd9c2010-03-14 18:42:47 +00006787</div>
6788
6789<div class="doc_text">
6790
6791<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6792<pre>
6793 declare i16 @llvm.convert.to.fp16(f32 %a)
6794</pre>
6795
6796<h5>Overview:</h5>
6797<p>The '<tt>llvm.convert.to.fp16</tt>' intrinsic function performs
6798 a conversion from single precision floating point format to half precision
6799 floating point format.</p>
6800
6801<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6802<p>The intrinsic function contains single argument - the value to be
6803 converted.</p>
6804
6805<h5>Semantics:</h5>
6806<p>The '<tt>llvm.convert.to.fp16</tt>' intrinsic function performs
6807 a conversion from single precision floating point format to half precision
Chris Lattner022a9fb2010-03-15 04:12:21 +00006808 floating point format. The return value is an <tt>i16</tt> which
Chris Lattnerbbd8bd32010-03-14 23:03:31 +00006809 contains the converted number.</p>
Anton Korobeynikovcd4dd9c2010-03-14 18:42:47 +00006810
6811<h5>Examples:</h5>
6812<pre>
6813 %res = call i16 @llvm.convert.to.fp16(f32 %a)
6814 store i16 %res, i16* @x, align 2
6815</pre>
6816
6817</div>
6818
6819<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6820<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Chris Lattnerbbd8bd32010-03-14 23:03:31 +00006821 <a name="int_convert_from_fp16">'<tt>llvm.convert.from.fp16</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Anton Korobeynikovcd4dd9c2010-03-14 18:42:47 +00006822</div>
6823
6824<div class="doc_text">
6825
6826<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6827<pre>
6828 declare f32 @llvm.convert.from.fp16(i16 %a)
6829</pre>
6830
6831<h5>Overview:</h5>
6832<p>The '<tt>llvm.convert.from.fp16</tt>' intrinsic function performs
6833 a conversion from half precision floating point format to single precision
6834 floating point format.</p>
6835
6836<h5>Arguments:</h5>
6837<p>The intrinsic function contains single argument - the value to be
6838 converted.</p>
6839
6840<h5>Semantics:</h5>
6841<p>The '<tt>llvm.convert.from.fp16</tt>' intrinsic function performs a
Chris Lattner022a9fb2010-03-15 04:12:21 +00006842 conversion from half single precision floating point format to single
Chris Lattnerbbd8bd32010-03-14 23:03:31 +00006843 precision floating point format. The input half-float value is represented by
6844 an <tt>i16</tt> value.</p>
Anton Korobeynikovcd4dd9c2010-03-14 18:42:47 +00006845
6846<h5>Examples:</h5>
6847<pre>
6848 %a = load i16* @x, align 2
6849 %res = call f32 @llvm.convert.from.fp16(i16 %a)
6850</pre>
6851
6852</div>
6853
6854<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6855<div class="doc_subsection">
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006856 <a name="int_debugger">Debugger Intrinsics</a>
6857</div>
6858
6859<div class="doc_text">
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006860
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006861<p>The LLVM debugger intrinsics (which all start with <tt>llvm.dbg.</tt>
6862 prefix), are described in
6863 the <a href="SourceLevelDebugging.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Source
6864 Level Debugging</a> document.</p>
6865
6866</div>
Chris Lattner941515c2004-01-06 05:31:32 +00006867
Jim Laskey2211f492007-03-14 19:31:19 +00006868<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6869<div class="doc_subsection">
6870 <a name="int_eh">Exception Handling Intrinsics</a>
6871</div>
6872
6873<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006874
6875<p>The LLVM exception handling intrinsics (which all start with
6876 <tt>llvm.eh.</tt> prefix), are described in
6877 the <a href="ExceptionHandling.html#format_common_intrinsics">LLVM Exception
6878 Handling</a> document.</p>
6879
Jim Laskey2211f492007-03-14 19:31:19 +00006880</div>
6881
Tanya Lattnercb1b9602007-06-15 20:50:54 +00006882<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6883<div class="doc_subsection">
Duncan Sands86e01192007-09-11 14:10:23 +00006884 <a name="int_trampoline">Trampoline Intrinsic</a>
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006885</div>
6886
6887<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006888
6889<p>This intrinsic makes it possible to excise one parameter, marked with
6890 the <tt>nest</tt> attribute, from a function. The result is a callable
6891 function pointer lacking the nest parameter - the caller does not need to
6892 provide a value for it. Instead, the value to use is stored in advance in a
6893 "trampoline", a block of memory usually allocated on the stack, which also
6894 contains code to splice the nest value into the argument list. This is used
6895 to implement the GCC nested function address extension.</p>
6896
6897<p>For example, if the function is
6898 <tt>i32 f(i8* nest %c, i32 %x, i32 %y)</tt> then the resulting function
6899 pointer has signature <tt>i32 (i32, i32)*</tt>. It can be created as
6900 follows:</p>
6901
6902<div class="doc_code">
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006903<pre>
Duncan Sands86e01192007-09-11 14:10:23 +00006904 %tramp = alloca [10 x i8], align 4 ; size and alignment only correct for X86
6905 %tramp1 = getelementptr [10 x i8]* %tramp, i32 0, i32 0
6906 %p = call i8* @llvm.init.trampoline( i8* %tramp1, i8* bitcast (i32 (i8* nest , i32, i32)* @f to i8*), i8* %nval )
6907 %fp = bitcast i8* %p to i32 (i32, i32)*
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006908</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006909</div>
6910
6911<p>The call <tt>%val = call i32 %fp( i32 %x, i32 %y )</tt> is then equivalent
6912 to <tt>%val = call i32 %f( i8* %nval, i32 %x, i32 %y )</tt>.</p>
6913
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006914</div>
6915
6916<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6917<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6918 <a name="int_it">'<tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6919</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006920
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006921<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006922
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006923<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6924<pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006925 declare i8* @llvm.init.trampoline(i8* &lt;tramp&gt;, i8* &lt;func&gt;, i8* &lt;nval&gt;)
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006926</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006927
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006928<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006929<p>This fills the memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> with code and returns a
6930 function pointer suitable for executing it.</p>
6931
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006932<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006933<p>The <tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt> intrinsic takes three arguments, all
6934 pointers. The <tt>tramp</tt> argument must point to a sufficiently large and
6935 sufficiently aligned block of memory; this memory is written to by the
6936 intrinsic. Note that the size and the alignment are target-specific - LLVM
6937 currently provides no portable way of determining them, so a front-end that
6938 generates this intrinsic needs to have some target-specific knowledge.
6939 The <tt>func</tt> argument must hold a function bitcast to
6940 an <tt>i8*</tt>.</p>
6941
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006942<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006943<p>The block of memory pointed to by <tt>tramp</tt> is filled with target
6944 dependent code, turning it into a function. A pointer to this function is
6945 returned, but needs to be bitcast to an <a href="#int_trampoline">appropriate
6946 function pointer type</a> before being called. The new function's signature
6947 is the same as that of <tt>func</tt> with any arguments marked with
6948 the <tt>nest</tt> attribute removed. At most one such <tt>nest</tt> argument
6949 is allowed, and it must be of pointer type. Calling the new function is
6950 equivalent to calling <tt>func</tt> with the same argument list, but
6951 with <tt>nval</tt> used for the missing <tt>nest</tt> argument. If, after
6952 calling <tt>llvm.init.trampoline</tt>, the memory pointed to
6953 by <tt>tramp</tt> is modified, then the effect of any later call to the
6954 returned function pointer is undefined.</p>
6955
Duncan Sands644f9172007-07-27 12:58:54 +00006956</div>
6957
6958<!-- ======================================================================= -->
6959<div class="doc_subsection">
Andrew Lenharth9b254ee2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006960 <a name="int_atomics">Atomic Operations and Synchronization Intrinsics</a>
6961</div>
6962
6963<div class="doc_text">
Andrew Lenharth9b254ee2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006964
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006965<p>These intrinsic functions expand the "universal IR" of LLVM to represent
6966 hardware constructs for atomic operations and memory synchronization. This
6967 provides an interface to the hardware, not an interface to the programmer. It
6968 is aimed at a low enough level to allow any programming models or APIs
6969 (Application Programming Interfaces) which need atomic behaviors to map
6970 cleanly onto it. It is also modeled primarily on hardware behavior. Just as
6971 hardware provides a "universal IR" for source languages, it also provides a
6972 starting point for developing a "universal" atomic operation and
6973 synchronization IR.</p>
6974
6975<p>These do <em>not</em> form an API such as high-level threading libraries,
6976 software transaction memory systems, atomic primitives, and intrinsic
6977 functions as found in BSD, GNU libc, atomic_ops, APR, and other system and
6978 application libraries. The hardware interface provided by LLVM should allow
6979 a clean implementation of all of these APIs and parallel programming models.
6980 No one model or paradigm should be selected above others unless the hardware
6981 itself ubiquitously does so.</p>
6982
Andrew Lenharth9b254ee2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006983</div>
6984
6985<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
6986<div class="doc_subsubsection">
6987 <a name="int_memory_barrier">'<tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
6988</div>
6989<div class="doc_text">
6990<h5>Syntax:</h5>
6991<pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006992 declare void @llvm.memory.barrier( i1 &lt;ll&gt;, i1 &lt;ls&gt;, i1 &lt;sl&gt;, i1 &lt;ss&gt;, i1 &lt;device&gt; )
Andrew Lenharth9b254ee2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006993</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006994
Andrew Lenharth9b254ee2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006995<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00006996<p>The <tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt> intrinsic guarantees ordering between
6997 specific pairs of memory access types.</p>
6998
Andrew Lenharth9b254ee2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00006999<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007000<p>The <tt>llvm.memory.barrier</tt> intrinsic requires five boolean arguments.
7001 The first four arguments enables a specific barrier as listed below. The
Dan Gohmana269a0a2010-03-01 17:41:39 +00007002 fifth argument specifies that the barrier applies to io or device or uncached
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007003 memory.</p>
Andrew Lenharth9b254ee2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007004
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007005<ul>
7006 <li><tt>ll</tt>: load-load barrier</li>
7007 <li><tt>ls</tt>: load-store barrier</li>
7008 <li><tt>sl</tt>: store-load barrier</li>
7009 <li><tt>ss</tt>: store-store barrier</li>
7010 <li><tt>device</tt>: barrier applies to device and uncached memory also.</li>
7011</ul>
7012
Andrew Lenharth9b254ee2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007013<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007014<p>This intrinsic causes the system to enforce some ordering constraints upon
7015 the loads and stores of the program. This barrier does not
7016 indicate <em>when</em> any events will occur, it only enforces
7017 an <em>order</em> in which they occur. For any of the specified pairs of load
7018 and store operations (f.ex. load-load, or store-load), all of the first
7019 operations preceding the barrier will complete before any of the second
7020 operations succeeding the barrier begin. Specifically the semantics for each
7021 pairing is as follows:</p>
Andrew Lenharth9b254ee2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007022
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007023<ul>
7024 <li><tt>ll</tt>: All loads before the barrier must complete before any load
7025 after the barrier begins.</li>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00007026 <li><tt>ls</tt>: All loads before the barrier must complete before any
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007027 store after the barrier begins.</li>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00007028 <li><tt>ss</tt>: All stores before the barrier must complete before any
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007029 store after the barrier begins.</li>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00007030 <li><tt>sl</tt>: All stores before the barrier must complete before any
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007031 load after the barrier begins.</li>
7032</ul>
7033
7034<p>These semantics are applied with a logical "and" behavior when more than one
7035 is enabled in a single memory barrier intrinsic.</p>
7036
7037<p>Backends may implement stronger barriers than those requested when they do
7038 not support as fine grained a barrier as requested. Some architectures do
7039 not need all types of barriers and on such architectures, these become
7040 noops.</p>
7041
Andrew Lenharth9b254ee2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007042<h5>Example:</h5>
7043<pre>
Victor Hernandeza70c6df2009-10-26 23:44:29 +00007044%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
7045%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
Andrew Lenharth9b254ee2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007046 store i32 4, %ptr
7047
7048%result1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
7049 call void @llvm.memory.barrier( i1 false, i1 true, i1 false, i1 false )
7050 <i>; guarantee the above finishes</i>
7051 store i32 8, %ptr <i>; before this begins</i>
7052</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007053
Andrew Lenharth9b254ee2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007054</div>
7055
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007056<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7057<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007058 <a name="int_atomic_cmp_swap">'<tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007059</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007060
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007061<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007062
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007063<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007064<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt> on
7065 any integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets
7066 support all bit widths however.</p>
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007067
7068<pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007069 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;cmp&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt; )
7070 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;cmp&gt;, i16 &lt;val&gt; )
7071 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;cmp&gt;, i32 &lt;val&gt; )
7072 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;cmp&gt;, i64 &lt;val&gt; )
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007073</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007074
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007075<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007076<p>This loads a value in memory and compares it to a given value. If they are
7077 equal, it stores a new value into the memory.</p>
7078
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007079<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007080<p>The <tt>llvm.atomic.cmp.swap</tt> intrinsic takes three arguments. The result
7081 as well as both <tt>cmp</tt> and <tt>val</tt> must be integer values with the
7082 same bit width. The <tt>ptr</tt> argument must be a pointer to a value of
7083 this integer type. While any bit width integer may be used, targets may only
7084 lower representations they support in hardware.</p>
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007085
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007086<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007087<p>This entire intrinsic must be executed atomically. It first loads the value
7088 in memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> and compares it with the
7089 value <tt>cmp</tt>. If they are equal, <tt>val</tt> is stored into the
7090 memory. The loaded value is yielded in all cases. This provides the
7091 equivalent of an atomic compare-and-swap operation within the SSA
7092 framework.</p>
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007093
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007094<h5>Examples:</h5>
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007095<pre>
Victor Hernandeza70c6df2009-10-26 23:44:29 +00007096%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
7097%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007098 store i32 4, %ptr
7099
7100%val1 = add i32 4, 4
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007101%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4, %val1 )
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007102 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
7103%stored1 = icmp eq i32 %result1, 4 <i>; yields {i1}:stored1 = true</i>
7104%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 8</i>
7105
7106%val2 = add i32 1, 1
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007107%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.cmp.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5, %val2 )
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007108 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
7109%stored2 = icmp eq i32 %result2, 5 <i>; yields {i1}:stored2 = false</i>
7110
7111%memval2 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval2 = 8</i>
7112</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007113
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007114</div>
7115
7116<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7117<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7118 <a name="int_atomic_swap">'<tt>llvm.atomic.swap.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7119</div>
7120<div class="doc_text">
7121<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7122
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007123<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt> on any
7124 integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
7125
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007126<pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007127 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.swap.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;val&gt; )
7128 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.swap.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;val&gt; )
7129 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;val&gt; )
7130 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.swap.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;val&gt; )
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007131</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007132
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007133<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007134<p>This intrinsic loads the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt> and yields
7135 the value from memory. It then stores the value in <tt>val</tt> in the memory
7136 at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
7137
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007138<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007139<p>The <tt>llvm.atomic.swap</tt> intrinsic takes two arguments. Both
7140 the <tt>val</tt> argument and the result must be integers of the same bit
7141 width. The first argument, <tt>ptr</tt>, must be a pointer to a value of this
7142 integer type. The targets may only lower integer representations they
7143 support.</p>
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007144
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007145<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007146<p>This intrinsic loads the value pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt>, yields it, and
7147 stores <tt>val</tt> back into <tt>ptr</tt> atomically. This provides the
7148 equivalent of an atomic swap operation within the SSA framework.</p>
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007149
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007150<h5>Examples:</h5>
7151<pre>
Victor Hernandeza70c6df2009-10-26 23:44:29 +00007152%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
7153%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007154 store i32 4, %ptr
7155
7156%val1 = add i32 4, 4
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007157%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 %val1 )
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007158 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
7159%stored1 = icmp eq i32 %result1, 4 <i>; yields {i1}:stored1 = true</i>
7160%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 8</i>
7161
7162%val2 = add i32 1, 1
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007163%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.swap.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 %val2 )
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007164 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
7165
7166%stored2 = icmp eq i32 %result2, 8 <i>; yields {i1}:stored2 = true</i>
7167%memval2 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval2 = 2</i>
7168</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007169
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007170</div>
7171
7172<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7173<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007174 <a name="int_atomic_load_add">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.add.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007175
7176</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007177
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007178<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007179
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007180<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007181<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load.add</tt> on
7182 any integer bit width. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
7183
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007184<pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007185 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i8..p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
7186 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i16..p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
7187 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32..p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
7188 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i64..p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007189</pre>
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007190
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007191<h5>Overview:</h5>
7192<p>This intrinsic adds <tt>delta</tt> to the value stored in memory
7193 at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
7194
7195<h5>Arguments:</h5>
7196<p>The intrinsic takes two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
7197 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
7198 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
7199 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
7200
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007201<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007202<p>This intrinsic does a series of operations atomically. It first loads the
7203 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. It then adds <tt>delta</tt>, stores the result
7204 to <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007205
7206<h5>Examples:</h5>
7207<pre>
Victor Hernandeza70c6df2009-10-26 23:44:29 +00007208%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
7209%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
7210 store i32 4, %ptr
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007211%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4 )
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007212 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 4</i>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007213%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 2 )
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007214 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007215%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.add.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5 )
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007216 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 10</i>
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007217%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 15</i>
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007218</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007219
Andrew Lenharth95528942008-02-21 06:45:13 +00007220</div>
7221
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007222<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7223<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7224 <a name="int_atomic_load_sub">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7225
7226</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007227
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007228<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007229
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007230<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007231<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load.sub</tt> on
7232 any integer bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets
7233 support all bit widths however.</p>
7234
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007235<pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007236 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i8.p0i32( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
7237 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i16.p0i32( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
7238 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
7239 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i64.p0i32( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007240</pre>
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007241
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007242<h5>Overview:</h5>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00007243<p>This intrinsic subtracts <tt>delta</tt> to the value stored in memory at
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007244 <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
7245
7246<h5>Arguments:</h5>
7247<p>The intrinsic takes two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
7248 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
7249 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
7250 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
7251
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007252<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007253<p>This intrinsic does a series of operations atomically. It first loads the
7254 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. It then subtracts <tt>delta</tt>, stores the
7255 result to <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value stored
7256 at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007257
7258<h5>Examples:</h5>
7259<pre>
Victor Hernandeza70c6df2009-10-26 23:44:29 +00007260%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
7261%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
7262 store i32 8, %ptr
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007263%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 4 )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007264 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 8</i>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007265%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 2 )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007266 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 4</i>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007267%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.sub.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 5 )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007268 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 2</i>
7269%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = -3</i>
7270</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007271
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007272</div>
7273
7274<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7275<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7276 <a name="int_atomic_load_and">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.and.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
7277 <a name="int_atomic_load_nand">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.nand.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
7278 <a name="int_atomic_load_or">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.or.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
7279 <a name="int_atomic_load_xor">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.xor.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007280</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007281
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007282<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007283
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007284<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007285<p>These are overloaded intrinsics. You can
7286 use <tt>llvm.atomic.load_and</tt>, <tt>llvm.atomic.load_nand</tt>,
7287 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_or</tt>, and <tt>llvm.atomic.load_xor</tt> on any integer
7288 bit width and for different address spaces. Not all targets support all bit
7289 widths however.</p>
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007290
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007291<pre>
7292 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
7293 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
7294 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
7295 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007296</pre>
7297
7298<pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007299 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
7300 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
7301 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
7302 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007303</pre>
7304
7305<pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007306 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i8.p0i32( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
7307 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i16.p0i32( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
7308 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
7309 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i64.p0i32( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007310</pre>
7311
7312<pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007313 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i8.p0i32( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
7314 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i16.p0i32( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
7315 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
7316 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i64.p0i32( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007317</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007318
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007319<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007320<p>These intrinsics bitwise the operation (and, nand, or, xor) <tt>delta</tt> to
7321 the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the original value
7322 at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007323
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007324<h5>Arguments:</h5>
7325<p>These intrinsics take two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
7326 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
7327 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
7328 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
7329
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007330<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007331<p>These intrinsics does a series of operations atomically. They first load the
7332 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. They then do the bitwise
7333 operation <tt>delta</tt>, store the result to <tt>ptr</tt>. They yield the
7334 original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007335
7336<h5>Examples:</h5>
7337<pre>
Victor Hernandeza70c6df2009-10-26 23:44:29 +00007338%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
7339%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
7340 store i32 0x0F0F, %ptr
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007341%result0 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.nand.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0xFF )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007342 <i>; yields {i32}:result0 = 0x0F0F</i>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007343%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.and.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0xFF )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007344 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = 0xFFFFFFF0</i>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007345%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.or.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0F )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007346 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 0xF0</i>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007347%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.xor.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 0F )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007348 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = FF</i>
7349%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = F0</i>
7350</pre>
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007351
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007352</div>
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007353
7354<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7355<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7356 <a name="int_atomic_load_max">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.max.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
7357 <a name="int_atomic_load_min">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.min.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
7358 <a name="int_atomic_load_umax">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.umax.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
7359 <a name="int_atomic_load_umin">'<tt>llvm.atomic.load.umin.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a><br>
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007360</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007361
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007362<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007363
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007364<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007365<p>These are overloaded intrinsics. You can use <tt>llvm.atomic.load_max</tt>,
7366 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_min</tt>, <tt>llvm.atomic.load_umax</tt>, and
7367 <tt>llvm.atomic.load_umin</tt> on any integer bit width and for different
7368 address spaces. Not all targets support all bit widths however.</p>
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007369
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007370<pre>
7371 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
7372 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
7373 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
7374 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007375</pre>
7376
7377<pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007378 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
7379 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
7380 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i32..p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
7381 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i64..p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007382</pre>
7383
7384<pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007385 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i8.p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
7386 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
7387 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i32.p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
7388 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i64.p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007389</pre>
7390
7391<pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007392 declare i8 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i8..p0i8( i8* &lt;ptr&gt;, i8 &lt;delta&gt; )
7393 declare i16 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i16.p0i16( i16* &lt;ptr&gt;, i16 &lt;delta&gt; )
7394 declare i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i32..p0i32( i32* &lt;ptr&gt;, i32 &lt;delta&gt; )
7395 declare i64 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i64..p0i64( i64* &lt;ptr&gt;, i64 &lt;delta&gt; )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007396</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007397
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007398<h5>Overview:</h5>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00007399<p>These intrinsics takes the signed or unsigned minimum or maximum of
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007400 <tt>delta</tt> and the value stored in memory at <tt>ptr</tt>. It yields the
7401 original value at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007402
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007403<h5>Arguments:</h5>
7404<p>These intrinsics take two arguments, the first a pointer to an integer value
7405 and the second an integer value. The result is also an integer value. These
7406 integer types can have any bit width, but they must all have the same bit
7407 width. The targets may only lower integer representations they support.</p>
7408
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007409<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007410<p>These intrinsics does a series of operations atomically. They first load the
7411 value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>. They then do the signed or unsigned min or
7412 max <tt>delta</tt> and the value, store the result to <tt>ptr</tt>. They
7413 yield the original value stored at <tt>ptr</tt>.</p>
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007414
7415<h5>Examples:</h5>
7416<pre>
Victor Hernandeza70c6df2009-10-26 23:44:29 +00007417%mallocP = tail call i8* @malloc(i32 ptrtoint (i32* getelementptr (i32* null, i32 1) to i32))
7418%ptr = bitcast i8* %mallocP to i32*
7419 store i32 7, %ptr
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007420%result0 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.min.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 -2 )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007421 <i>; yields {i32}:result0 = 7</i>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007422%result1 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.max.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 8 )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007423 <i>; yields {i32}:result1 = -2</i>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007424%result2 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umin.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 10 )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007425 <i>; yields {i32}:result2 = 8</i>
Mon P Wang2c839d42008-07-30 04:36:53 +00007426%result3 = call i32 @llvm.atomic.load.umax.i32.p0i32( i32* %ptr, i32 30 )
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007427 <i>; yields {i32}:result3 = 8</i>
7428%memval1 = load i32* %ptr <i>; yields {i32}:memval1 = 30</i>
7429</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007430
Mon P Wang6a490372008-06-25 08:15:39 +00007431</div>
Andrew Lenharth9b254ee2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007432
Nick Lewycky6f7d8342009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007433
7434<!-- ======================================================================= -->
7435<div class="doc_subsection">
7436 <a name="int_memorymarkers">Memory Use Markers</a>
7437</div>
7438
7439<div class="doc_text">
7440
7441<p>This class of intrinsics exists to information about the lifetime of memory
7442 objects and ranges where variables are immutable.</p>
7443
7444</div>
7445
7446<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7447<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7448 <a name="int_lifetime_start">'<tt>llvm.lifetime.start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7449</div>
7450
7451<div class="doc_text">
7452
7453<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7454<pre>
7455 declare void @llvm.lifetime.start(i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;)
7456</pre>
7457
7458<h5>Overview:</h5>
7459<p>The '<tt>llvm.lifetime.start</tt>' intrinsic specifies the start of a memory
7460 object's lifetime.</p>
7461
7462<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nick Lewycky9bc89042009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007463<p>The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7464 object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer to
7465 the object.</p>
Nick Lewycky6f7d8342009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007466
7467<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7468<p>This intrinsic indicates that before this point in the code, the value of the
7469 memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> is dead. This means that it is known to
Nick Lewyckyd20fd592009-10-27 16:56:58 +00007470 never be used and has an undefined value. A load from the pointer that
7471 precedes this intrinsic can be replaced with
Nick Lewycky6f7d8342009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007472 <tt>'<a href="#undefvalues">undef</a>'</tt>.</p>
7473
7474</div>
7475
7476<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7477<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7478 <a name="int_lifetime_end">'<tt>llvm.lifetime.end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7479</div>
7480
7481<div class="doc_text">
7482
7483<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7484<pre>
7485 declare void @llvm.lifetime.end(i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;)
7486</pre>
7487
7488<h5>Overview:</h5>
7489<p>The '<tt>llvm.lifetime.end</tt>' intrinsic specifies the end of a memory
7490 object's lifetime.</p>
7491
7492<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nick Lewycky9bc89042009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007493<p>The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7494 object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer to
7495 the object.</p>
Nick Lewycky6f7d8342009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007496
7497<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7498<p>This intrinsic indicates that after this point in the code, the value of the
7499 memory pointed to by <tt>ptr</tt> is dead. This means that it is known to
7500 never be used and has an undefined value. Any stores into the memory object
7501 following this intrinsic may be removed as dead.
7502
7503</div>
7504
7505<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7506<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7507 <a name="int_invariant_start">'<tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7508</div>
7509
7510<div class="doc_text">
7511
7512<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7513<pre>
7514 declare {}* @llvm.invariant.start(i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;) readonly
7515</pre>
7516
7517<h5>Overview:</h5>
7518<p>The '<tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt>' intrinsic specifies that the contents of
7519 a memory object will not change.</p>
7520
7521<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Nick Lewycky9bc89042009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007522<p>The first argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7523 object, or -1 if it is variable sized. The second argument is a pointer to
7524 the object.</p>
Nick Lewycky6f7d8342009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007525
7526<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7527<p>This intrinsic indicates that until an <tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt> that uses
7528 the return value, the referenced memory location is constant and
7529 unchanging.</p>
7530
7531</div>
7532
7533<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7534<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7535 <a name="int_invariant_end">'<tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7536</div>
7537
7538<div class="doc_text">
7539
7540<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7541<pre>
7542 declare void @llvm.invariant.end({}* &lt;start&gt;, i64 &lt;size&gt;, i8* nocapture &lt;ptr&gt;)
7543</pre>
7544
7545<h5>Overview:</h5>
7546<p>The '<tt>llvm.invariant.end</tt>' intrinsic specifies that the contents of
7547 a memory object are mutable.</p>
7548
7549<h5>Arguments:</h5>
7550<p>The first argument is the matching <tt>llvm.invariant.start</tt> intrinsic.
Nick Lewycky9bc89042009-10-13 07:57:33 +00007551 The second argument is a constant integer representing the size of the
7552 object, or -1 if it is variable sized and the third argument is a pointer
7553 to the object.</p>
Nick Lewycky6f7d8342009-10-13 07:03:23 +00007554
7555<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7556<p>This intrinsic indicates that the memory is mutable again.</p>
7557
7558</div>
7559
Andrew Lenharth9b254ee2008-02-16 01:24:58 +00007560<!-- ======================================================================= -->
7561<div class="doc_subsection">
Tanya Lattnercb1b9602007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007562 <a name="int_general">General Intrinsics</a>
7563</div>
7564
7565<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007566
7567<p>This class of intrinsics is designed to be generic and has no specific
7568 purpose.</p>
7569
Tanya Lattnercb1b9602007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007570</div>
7571
7572<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7573<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7574 <a name="int_var_annotation">'<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7575</div>
7576
7577<div class="doc_text">
7578
7579<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7580<pre>
Tanya Lattnerbed1d4d2007-06-18 23:42:37 +00007581 declare void @llvm.var.annotation(i8* &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
Tanya Lattnercb1b9602007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007582</pre>
7583
7584<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007585<p>The '<tt>llvm.var.annotation</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
Tanya Lattnercb1b9602007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007586
7587<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007588<p>The first argument is a pointer to a value, the second is a pointer to a
7589 global string, the third is a pointer to a global string which is the source
7590 file name, and the last argument is the line number.</p>
Tanya Lattnercb1b9602007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007591
7592<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007593<p>This intrinsic allows annotation of local variables with arbitrary strings.
7594 This can be useful for special purpose optimizations that want to look for
7595 these annotations. These have no other defined use, they are ignored by code
7596 generation and optimization.</p>
Tanya Lattnercb1b9602007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007597
Tanya Lattnercb1b9602007-06-15 20:50:54 +00007598</div>
7599
Tanya Lattner293c0372007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007600<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7601<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Tanya Lattner0186a652007-09-21 23:57:59 +00007602 <a name="int_annotation">'<tt>llvm.annotation.*</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Tanya Lattner293c0372007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007603</div>
7604
7605<div class="doc_text">
7606
7607<h5>Syntax:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007608<p>This is an overloaded intrinsic. You can use '<tt>llvm.annotation</tt>' on
7609 any integer bit width.</p>
7610
Tanya Lattner293c0372007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007611<pre>
Tanya Lattnercf3e26f2007-09-22 00:03:01 +00007612 declare i8 @llvm.annotation.i8(i8 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
7613 declare i16 @llvm.annotation.i16(i16 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
7614 declare i32 @llvm.annotation.i32(i32 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
7615 declare i64 @llvm.annotation.i64(i64 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
7616 declare i256 @llvm.annotation.i256(i256 &lt;val&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i8* &lt;str&gt;, i32 &lt;int&gt; )
Tanya Lattner293c0372007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007617</pre>
7618
7619<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007620<p>The '<tt>llvm.annotation</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
Tanya Lattner293c0372007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007621
7622<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007623<p>The first argument is an integer value (result of some expression), the
7624 second is a pointer to a global string, the third is a pointer to a global
7625 string which is the source file name, and the last argument is the line
7626 number. It returns the value of the first argument.</p>
Tanya Lattner293c0372007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007627
7628<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007629<p>This intrinsic allows annotations to be put on arbitrary expressions with
7630 arbitrary strings. This can be useful for special purpose optimizations that
7631 want to look for these annotations. These have no other defined use, they
7632 are ignored by code generation and optimization.</p>
Tanya Lattner293c0372007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007633
Tanya Lattner293c0372007-09-21 22:59:12 +00007634</div>
Jim Laskey2211f492007-03-14 19:31:19 +00007635
Anton Korobeynikov06cbb652008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007636<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7637<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7638 <a name="int_trap">'<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7639</div>
7640
7641<div class="doc_text">
7642
7643<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7644<pre>
7645 declare void @llvm.trap()
7646</pre>
7647
7648<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007649<p>The '<tt>llvm.trap</tt>' intrinsic.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov06cbb652008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007650
7651<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007652<p>None.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov06cbb652008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007653
7654<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007655<p>This intrinsics is lowered to the target dependent trap instruction. If the
7656 target does not have a trap instruction, this intrinsic will be lowered to
7657 the call of the <tt>abort()</tt> function.</p>
Anton Korobeynikov06cbb652008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007658
Anton Korobeynikov06cbb652008-01-15 22:31:34 +00007659</div>
7660
Bill Wendling14313312008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007661<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7662<div class="doc_subsubsection">
Misha Brukman50de2b22008-11-22 23:55:29 +00007663 <a name="int_stackprotector">'<tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
Bill Wendling14313312008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007664</div>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007665
Bill Wendling14313312008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007666<div class="doc_text">
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007667
Bill Wendling14313312008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007668<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7669<pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007670 declare void @llvm.stackprotector( i8* &lt;guard&gt;, i8** &lt;slot&gt; )
Bill Wendling14313312008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007671</pre>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007672
Bill Wendling14313312008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007673<h5>Overview:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007674<p>The <tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt> intrinsic takes the <tt>guard</tt> and
7675 stores it onto the stack at <tt>slot</tt>. The stack slot is adjusted to
7676 ensure that it is placed on the stack before local variables.</p>
7677
Bill Wendling14313312008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007678<h5>Arguments:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007679<p>The <tt>llvm.stackprotector</tt> intrinsic requires two pointer
7680 arguments. The first argument is the value loaded from the stack
7681 guard <tt>@__stack_chk_guard</tt>. The second variable is an <tt>alloca</tt>
7682 that has enough space to hold the value of the guard.</p>
7683
Bill Wendling14313312008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007684<h5>Semantics:</h5>
Bill Wendlingd9a66f72009-07-20 02:29:24 +00007685<p>This intrinsic causes the prologue/epilogue inserter to force the position of
7686 the <tt>AllocaInst</tt> stack slot to be before local variables on the
7687 stack. This is to ensure that if a local variable on the stack is
7688 overwritten, it will destroy the value of the guard. When the function exits,
7689 the guard on the stack is checked against the original guard. If they're
7690 different, then the program aborts by calling the <tt>__stack_chk_fail()</tt>
7691 function.</p>
7692
Bill Wendling14313312008-11-19 05:56:17 +00007693</div>
7694
Eric Christopher73484322009-11-30 08:03:53 +00007695<!-- _______________________________________________________________________ -->
7696<div class="doc_subsubsection">
7697 <a name="int_objectsize">'<tt>llvm.objectsize</tt>' Intrinsic</a>
7698</div>
7699
7700<div class="doc_text">
7701
7702<h5>Syntax:</h5>
7703<pre>
Eric Christopher31e39bd2009-12-23 00:29:49 +00007704 declare i32 @llvm.objectsize.i32( i8* &lt;object&gt;, i1 &lt;type&gt; )
7705 declare i64 @llvm.objectsize.i64( i8* &lt;object&gt;, i1 &lt;type&gt; )
Eric Christopher73484322009-11-30 08:03:53 +00007706</pre>
7707
7708<h5>Overview:</h5>
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00007709<p>The <tt>llvm.objectsize</tt> intrinsic is designed to provide information
Eric Christopher3070e162010-01-08 21:42:39 +00007710 to the optimizers to discover at compile time either a) when an
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00007711 operation like memcpy will either overflow a buffer that corresponds to
7712 an object, or b) to determine that a runtime check for overflow isn't
7713 necessary. An object in this context means an allocation of a
Eric Christopher31e39bd2009-12-23 00:29:49 +00007714 specific class, structure, array, or other object.</p>
Eric Christopher73484322009-11-30 08:03:53 +00007715
7716<h5>Arguments:</h5>
7717<p>The <tt>llvm.objectsize</tt> intrinsic takes two arguments. The first
Eric Christopher31e39bd2009-12-23 00:29:49 +00007718 argument is a pointer to or into the <tt>object</tt>. The second argument
7719 is a boolean 0 or 1. This argument determines whether you want the
7720 maximum (0) or minimum (1) bytes remaining. This needs to be a literal 0 or
7721 1, variables are not allowed.</p>
7722
Eric Christopher73484322009-11-30 08:03:53 +00007723<h5>Semantics:</h5>
7724<p>The <tt>llvm.objectsize</tt> intrinsic is lowered to either a constant
Eric Christopher455c5772009-12-05 02:46:03 +00007725 representing the size of the object concerned or <tt>i32/i64 -1 or 0</tt>
7726 (depending on the <tt>type</tt> argument if the size cannot be determined
7727 at compile time.</p>
Eric Christopher73484322009-11-30 08:03:53 +00007728
7729</div>
7730
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00007731<!-- *********************************************************************** -->
Chris Lattner2f7c9632001-06-06 20:29:01 +00007732<hr>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007733<address>
7734 <a href="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/check/referer"><img
Misha Brukman86242e12008-12-11 17:34:48 +00007735 src="http://jigsaw.w3.org/css-validator/images/vcss-blue" alt="Valid CSS"></a>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007736 <a href="http://validator.w3.org/check/referer"><img
Misha Brukman86242e12008-12-11 17:34:48 +00007737 src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-html401-blue" alt="Valid HTML 4.01"></a>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007738
7739 <a href="mailto:sabre@nondot.org">Chris Lattner</a><br>
Reid Spencerca058542006-03-14 05:39:39 +00007740 <a href="http://llvm.org">The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure</a><br>
Misha Brukmanc501f552004-03-01 17:47:27 +00007741 Last modified: $Date$
7742</address>
Chris Lattnerb8f816e2008-01-04 04:33:49 +00007743
Misha Brukman76307852003-11-08 01:05:38 +00007744</body>
7745</html>